United States Environmental Protection Agency
               Office of Water
               Washington, DC
               EPA-841-R-14-007
  National Coastal Condition Assessment
                     2015
          Field Operations Manual
               •>f
                ** the Ncrt\o*%
May 2015

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                Page i
                                       NOTICE
The National Coastal Condition Assessment provides a comprehensive assessment for coastal
waters across the United States. The complete documentation of overall project
management, design, methods, and standards is contained in four documents:

          •  National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015: Quality Assurance Project Plan
             (EPA-841-R-14-005)
          •  National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015: Site Evaluation Guidelines (EPA-
             841-R-14-006)
          •  National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015: Field Operations Manual (EPA-
             841-R-14-007)
          •  National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015: Laboratory Operations Manual
             (EPA-841-R-14-008)

This Field Operations Manual contains a brief introduction and base and site  location
procedures for sampling water chemistry (grabs and in situ measurements), benthic
macroinvertebrates, sediment composition and toxicity, fish tissue, a pathogen indicator, and
physical habitat. These methods are based on the guidelines developed and followed in the
Coastal 2000 and National Coastal Assessment Monitoring and Assessment Program (USEPA,
2001). All National Coastal Condition Assessment Project Cooperators must follow the
methods  and guidelines in this Field Operations Manual. Mention of trade names or
commercial products in this document does not constitute endorsement or recommendation
for use. Details on specific methods for site evaluation and sample processing can be found in
the appropriate companion document.
The citation for this document is:

USEPA. 2014. National Coastal Condition Assessment: Field Operations Manual. EPA-841-
R-14-007. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                 Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                    Page ii

This page is intentionally blank

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                 Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                   Page iii


1   TABLE OF CONTENTS

1   TABLE OF CONTENTS	iii
LIST OF TABLES	viii
LIST OF FIGURES	ix

ACRONYMS/ABBREVIATIONS	x
CONTACT LIST	xii
2   BACKGROUND	1
  2.1     SURVEY DESIGN	1
  2.2    TARGET POPULATION AND SAMPLE FRAME	2
  2.3    SITE EVALUATION	3
    2.3.1  Site Sample-ability	3
    2.3.2  Replacing Sites	4
  2.4    DESCRIPTION OF NCCA INDICATORS	5
    2.4.1  In Situ Water Column Measurements	5
    2.4.2  Water Chemistry (CHEM) and Associated Measurements	5
    2.4.3  Algal Toxin (ALGX), Microcystin (MICX)	5
    2.4.4  Underwater Video (UVID)	6
    2.4.5  Sediment Assessment (SEDG, SEDC, SEDX, SEDO)	6
    2.4.6  Benthic Macroinvertebrate Assemblage (BENT)	6
    2.4.7  Enterococci Fecal Indicator (ENTE)	6
    2.4.8  Fish Tissue (FTIS, FPLG,  HTIS)	6
  2.5    SUPPLEMENTAL MATERIAL TO THE FIELD OPERATIONS MANUAL	7
  2.6    RECORDING DATA AND  OTHER INFORMATION	7
    2.6.1  Electronic  Field  Forms	8
    2.6.2  Paper Field & Tracking Forms	8
  2.7    DATA MANAGEMENT	9
  2.8    SAFETY AND HEALTH	 10
    2.8.1  General Considerations	 10
    2.8.2  Safety Equipment	 11
    2.8.3  Safety Guidelines for Field Operations	 11
    2.8.4  General Safety Guidelines for Field Operations	 12
3   INTRODUCTION TO SAMPLING	 13
  3.1     SITE VISIT DURATION	 13
  3.2    FIELD CREW MAKEUP	 13
  3.3    SAMPLING SEQUENCE	 13
  3.4    SAMPLING CONSIDERATIONS	 13
    3.4.1  Considerations for Fish Tissue Collection	 13
    3.4.2  Considerations for Enterococci Collection	 14
    3.4.3  Other Considerations	 14
4   PRE-DEPARTURE ACTIVITIES	 17
  4.1     DAILY ITINERARIES	 18
  4.2    INSTRUMENT CHECKS AND CALIBRATION	 18
    4.2.1  Initial Assembly and Setup Procedures for LI-COR frame, sensor and LI-1400 Datalogger. 19
  4.3    EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLY PREPARATION	21

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                    Page iv

5   INITIAL SITE PROCEDURES	23
  5.1     SITE VERIFICATION	23
    5.1.1 Equipment & Supplies	 23
    5.1.2 Site Verification Procedures	 23
    5.1.3 Site Relocation	 24
    5.1.4 Site Characteristics	 24
  5.2    SITE PHOTOGRAPH	25
  5.3    SAMPLE COLLECTION	25
  5.4    SECONDARY SEDIMENT OR FISH COLLECTION ZONES	26
    5.4.1 Sediment Samples	 26
    5.4.2 Fish Samples	 28
6   WATER QUALITY MEASUREMENTS	30
  6.1     SUMMARY OF METHOD FOR IN SITU MEASUREMENTS OF WATER COLUMN TRANSPARENCY, DISSOLVED OXYGEN, pH,
  SALINITY, CONDUCTIVITY, TEMPERATURE, AND LIGHT ATTENUATION	30
    6.1.1 Equipment and Supplies	 30
  6.2    SAMPLING PROCEDURE- WATER COLUMN TRANSPARENCY (SECCHI DEPTH)	30
  6.3    SAMPLING PROCEDURE - MULTI-PARAMETER SONDE	31
    6.3.1 Calibration	 31
    6.3.2 Dissolved Oxygen Meter	 33
    6.3.3 pH Meter	 33
    6.3.4 Salinity/Conductivity Meter	 33
    6.3.5 Temperature Meter	 34
  6.4    SAMPLING PROCEDURE - DISSOLVED OXYGEN, pH, TEMPERATURE AND SALINITY/ CONDUCTIVITY	34
  6.5    PHOTOSYNTHETICALLY ACTIVE RADIATION (PAR) METER	35
    6.5.1 Sampling  Procedure—Light Attenuation (LI-1400 Datalogger)	 35
7   WATER CHEMISTRY [CHEM], CHLOROPHYLL-^ [CHLA], AND NUTRIENTS [NUTS] SAMPLE
COLLECTION AND PRESERVATION	37
  7.1     SUMMARY OF METHOD	37
  7.2    EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES	37
  7.3    SAMPLING PROCEDURE	 37
8   ALGAL TOXINS [ALGX] INCLUDING MICROCYSTINS [MICX]	39
  8.1     SUMMARY OF METHOD	39
  8.2    EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES	39
  8.3    SAMPLING PROCEDURE	40
    8.3.1 Sample Collection	 40
    8.3.2 Sample Storage	 40
9   FECAL INDICATOR (ENTEROCOCCI, [ENTE])	41
  9.1     SUMMARY OF METHOD	41
  9.2    EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES	41
  9.3    SAMPLING PROCEDURE	41
10  PHYTOPLANKTON  [PHYT] (GREAT LAKES ONLY)	43
  10.1   SUMMARY OF METHOD	43
  10.2   EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES	43
  10.3   SAMPLING PROCEDURE	43
11  UNDERWATER VIDEO [UVID] (GREAT LAKES ONLY)	45

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                 Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                      Page v

  11.1   SUMMARY OF METHOD	45
     11.1.1 Equipment and Supplies	 45
  11.2   SAMPLING PROCEDURE	45
     11.2.1 Initial Setup of Underwater Camera System	 45
     11.2.2 Initial Setup of Underwater Camera System GPS	 46
     11.2.3 Underwater Video Recording Procedure	 46
     11.2.4 Reviewing Underwater Video Files Procedure	 47
     11.2.5 Directions for Uploading Video Files from DVR	 48
12   SEDIMENT COLLECTION	49

  12.1   SUMMARY OF METHOD	49
  12.2   EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES	50
  12.3   SAMPLING PROCEDURE	 50
  12.4   PROCESSING PROCEDURE - BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATE [BENT] COMPOSITION AND ABUNDANCE	52
  12.5   PROCESSING PROCEDURE- SEDIMENT COMPOSITION, CHEMISTRY, ANDToxiciTY	54

13   FISH TISSUE COLLECTION	57
  13.1   ECOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION FISH TISSUE COLLECTION [FTIS]	57
     13.1.1 Summary of Method	 57
     13.1.2 Equipment and Supplies	 59
     13.1.3 Sampling Procedure	 59
     13.1.4 Sample Storage and Shipping Preparation	 61
  13.2   FISH TISSUE PLUG [FPLG]	 66
     13.2.1 Summary of Method	 66
     13.2.2 Equipment and Supplies	 66
     13.2.3 Sampling Procedure	 67
     13.2.4 Sample Storage	 69
  13.3   HUMAN HEALTH FISH TISSUE COLLECTION [HTIS] (SELECT GREAT LAKES SITES ONLY)	71
     13.3.1 Summary of Method	 71
     13.3.2 Equipment and Supplies	 72
     13.3.3 Sampling Procedure	 73
     13.3.4 Sample Storage and Shipping Preparation	 74
14   FINAL SITE ACTIVITIES	77
  14.1   GENERAL SITE ASSESSMENT	 78
     14.1.1 Shoreline Activities and Disturbances	 78
     14.1.2 Site Characteristics	 78
     14.1.3 General Assessment	 78
  14.2   PROCESSING THE FECAL  INDICATOR	79
     14.2.1 Summary of Method	 79
     14.2.2 Equipment and Supplies	 79
     14.2.3 Processing Procedure - Fecal Indicator Filter Blank	 79
     14.2.4 Processing Procedure - Fecal Indicator Sample	 80
  14.3   PROCESSING THE CHLOROPHYLL-^ & DISSOLVED NUTRIENTS INDICATORS	82
     14.3.1 Summary of Method	 82
     14.3.2 Equipment and Supplies	 82
     14.3.3 Processing Procedure	 82
  14.4   POST-MEASUREMENT CALIBRATION CHECK OF MULTI-PARAMETER SONDE	85
  14.5   FIELD DATA & TRACKING FORM REVIEW	85
  14.6   SAMPLE PACKAGING AND LABEL REVIEW	86
  14.7   SAMPLE SHIPMENT & TRACKING FORM SUBMITTAL	86

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                  Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                      Page vi

     14.7.1 Time-Sensitive Samples	  86
     14.7.2 Other Samples	  87
  14.8   EQUIPMENT CLEANUP & CHECK	87
     14.8.1 Boat & Trailer Cleanup	  88
     14.8.2 Post Sampling Equipment Care	  88
     14.8.3 Additional Decontamination Information	  88
15   POST-SAMPLING ACTIVITIES	90
  15.1   SAMPLE SHIPPING	  90
  15.2   TRACKING FORM SUBMITTAL	90
  15.3   DATA SUBMITTAL	91
     15.3.1 App Users	  91
     15.3.2 Paper Form Users	  91
  15.4   TRACKING REMINDERS	  92
  15.5   SITE EVALUATION SPREADSHEET SUBMITTAL	92

16   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL	93
  16.1   STANDARDIZED TRAINING	  93
  16.2   STANDARDIZED FIELD DATA FORMS	93
  16.3   REPEAT SAMPLING	  93
  16.4   FIELD EVALUATION AND ASSISTANCE VISITS	94
     16.4.1 Specifications for QC Assurance	  94
     16.4.2 Reporting	  95
17   LITERATURE CITED	97
APPENDIX A: EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES LISTS	99
  BASE KIT	  99
  ADDITIONAL BASE KIT ITEMS - GREAT LAKES CREWS	100
  SITE KIT 100
  FORM & LABEL PACKET	101
  HUMAN HEALTH FISH TISSUE SAMPLING SITE KIT	102
  CREW SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT	102
APPENDIX B: FIELD FORMS,  LABELS a TRACKING FORMS	105
  SITE VERIFICATION (FRONT)	106
  SITE VERIFICATION (BACK)	107
  FIELD MEASUREMENT (FRONT)	108
  FIELD MEASUREMENT (BACK)	109
  SAMPLE COLLECTION (FRONT)	110
  SAMPLE COLLECTION (BACK)	111
  Eco FISH COLLECTION (FRONT)	112
  Eco FISH COLLECTION (BACK)	113
  SITE ASSESSMENT (FRONT)	114
  SITE ASSESSMENT (BACK)	115
  HUMAN HEALTH FISH COLLECTION (FRONT)	116
  HUMAN HEALTH FISH COLLECTION (BACK)	117
  SAMPLE LABELS (MARINE)	118
  SAMPLE LABELS (G REAT LAKES )	119
  SITE AND SAMPLE STATUS/WATER CHEMISTRY LAB TRACKING	120
  TRACKING: BATCH SAMPLES - OVERNIGHT (CHILLED)	121
  TRACKING: BATCH SAMPLES - OVERNIGHT (DRY ICE)	122

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                 Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                   Page vii

  TRACKING: BATCH SAMPLES - GROUND (No ICE)	123
  TRACKING: Eco FISH TISSUE - OVERNIGHT (DRY ICE)	124
  TRACKING: PACKS	125
  TRACKING: HUMAN HEALTH WHOLE FISH SAMPLE - OVERNIGHT (DRY ICE)	126
  TRACKING: UVID	127

APPENDIX C: SHIPPING AND TRACKING GUIDELINES	128
  TRACKING FORMS	128
     T1 - Site & Sample Status/Water Chemistry Lab Tracking Form	 129
     72 -Tracking: Batch Samples - Overnight (Chilled) Form	 129
     T3 - Tracking: Batch Samples - Overnight (Frozen) Form	129
     T4 - Tracking: Batch Samples - Ground (No Ice) Form	130
     T5 - Tracking: Eco Fish Tissue - Overnight (Dry Ice) Form	130
     T6 - Tracking: Packs Form	 130
     77 - Tracking: Human Health Whole Fish Sample - Overnight (Dry Ice) Form [Select Great Lakes
         sites Only]	 131
     T8 - Tracking: UVID Form [Great Lakes Only]	131
  SHIPPING GUIDELINES	131
APPENDIX D: FIELD EVALUATION AND ASSISTANCE VISIT CHECKLIST	139

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                   Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                         Page viii


    LIST OF TABLES

TABLE 1.1 CONTACTS	xii
TABLE 1.2 REGIONAL COORDINATORS	xii
TABLE 2.1 GUIDELINES FOR RECORDING FIELD MEASUREMENTS & TRACKING INFORMATION	9
TABLE 2.2 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS	 10
TABLE 4.1 STOCK SOLUTIONS, USES &METHODS FOR PREPARATION	22
TABLE 5.1 EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES: SITE VERIFICATION	23
TABLE 6.1 EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES: TRANSPARENCY, DO, pH, SALINITY/CONDUCTIVITY, TEMPERATURE, & LIGHT
     ATTENUATION	 30
TABLE 6.2 EXAMPLE DEPTH MEASUREMENT INTERVALS	35
TABLE 7.1 EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES: WATER CHEMISTRY & CHLOROPHYLL-A SAMPLE COLLECTION	37
TABLE 8.1 EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES: ALGAL TOXINS, MICROCYSTINS	39
TABLE 9.1 EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES: FECAL INDICATOR (ENTEROCOCCI) SAMPLING	41
TABLE 10.1  EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES: PHYTOPLANKTON	43
TABLE 11.1  EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES: UNDERWATER VIDEO	45
TABLE 12.1  EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES: SEDIMENT COLLECTION	50
TABLE 13.1  EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES: ECO FISH TISSUE COLLECTION	59
TABLE 13.2  NORTHEAST REGION PRIMARY AND SECONDARY MARINE TARGET SPECIES - WHOLE BODY FISH TISSUE COLLECTION
     (ECOFISH)	 62
TABLE 13.3  SOUTHEAST REGION PRIMARY AND SECONDARY MARINE TARGET SPECIES - WHOLE BODY FISH TISSUE COLLECTION
     (ECOFISH)	 62
TABLE 13.4  GULF REGION PRIMARY AND SECONDARY MARINE TARGET SPECIES - WHOLE BODY FISH TISSUE COLLECTION
     (ECOFISH)	 63
TABLE 13.5  WESTERN  REGION PRIMARY AND SECONDARY MARINE TARGET SPECIES - WHOLE BODY FISH TISSUE COLLECTION
     (ECOFISH)	 64
TABLE 13.6  GREAT LAKES PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TARGET SPECIES - WHOLE BODY FISH TISSUE COLLECTION (ECOFISH) ... 65
TABLE 13.7  EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES: FISH TISSUE PLUGS	66
TABLE 13.8  PRIMARY AND SECONDARY MARINE TARGET SPECIES  FOR FISH PLUG COLLECTION	70
TABLE 13.9  PRIMARY AND SECONDARY GREAT LAKES TARGET SPECIES FOR FISH PLUG COLLECTION	71
TABLE 13.10 EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES: HUMAN HEALTH FISH TISSUE COLLECTION	73
TABLE 13.11 PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TARGET SPECIES FOR HUMAN HEALTH FISH TISSUE COLLECTION	76
TABLE 14.1  EQUIPMENT &SUPPLIES: ENTEROCOCCI PROCESSING	79
TABLE 14.2  EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES: CHLOROPHYLL-A & DISSOLVED NUTRIENTS PROCESSING	82
TABLE 16.1  GENERAL INFORMATION NOTED DURING FIELD EVALUATION	95

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                   Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                        Page ix


    LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE 2.1 EXAMPLE OF AN ESTUARINE SYSTEM COMPRISED OF AN EMBAYMENT PLUS A COMPLEX OF BAYS AND TIDAL RIVERS AND
     CREEKS	3
FIGURE 2.2 EXAMPLE OF AN INTER-COASTAL ESTUARINE SYSTEM	3
FIGURE 3.1 FIELD SAMPLING SCENARIO - ACTIVE FISHING METHODS	 15
FIGURE 3.2 FIELD SAMPLING SCENARIO - PASSIVE FISHING METHODS	 16
FIGURE 4.1 OVERVIEW OF BASE SITE ACTIVITIES	 17
FIGURE 4.2 ATTACHMENT OF THE UNDERWATER SENSOR TO THE MOUNTING RINGS (ADAPTED FROM LI-COR, 2006)	20
FIGURE 4.3 LOWERING FRAME ASSEMBLY WITH SENSOR, WEIGHT, AND LOWERING LINE (ADAPTED FROM LI-COR, 2006).... 20
FIGURE 5.1 PRIMARY, SECONDARY AND TERTIARY SAMPLE COLLECTION ZONES	28
FIGURE 5.2 PRIMARY AND SECONDARY FISH COLLECTION ZONES	29
FIGURE 11.1 SETUP DIAGRAM OF UNDERWATER VIDEO SYSTEM	46
FIGURE 12.1 ILLUSTRATION OF ACCEPTABLE & UNACCEPTABLE GRABS FOR BENTHIC COMMUNITY ANALYSIS. AN ACCEPTABLE
     GRAB IS AT LEAST 7 CM IN DEPTH (USING A 0.04M2 VAN VEEN SAMPLER),  BUT NOT OOZING OUT OF THE TOP OF THE
     GRAB, AND HAS A RELATIVELY LEVEL SURFACE	 52
FIGURE 14.1 FINAL SITE ACTIVITIES SUMMARY	77
FIGURE 14.2 FILTERING SET-UP  FOR ENTEROCOCCI FILTERING	81
FIGURE 14.3 FILTERING SET-UP  FOR CHLOROPHYLL-A AND NUTRIENTS FILTERING	85

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page x
ACRONYMS/ABBREVIATIONS
CPR       Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
Dl        Deionized
DO        Dissolved oxygen
DVR       Digital video recorder
EAAAP     Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program
EPA       Environmental Protection Agency
FLC       Field Logistics Coordinator
GED       Gulf Ecology Division, U.S. EPA Office of Research and Development
GIS       Geographic information system
GL        Great Lakes
GPS       Global positioning system
GRTS     Generalized Random Tessellation Stratified survey design
HOPE     High density polyethylene
HQ       Headquarters
IM        Information Management
MED       Mid-Continent Ecology Division, U.S. EPA Office of Research and Development
NAD       North American Datum
NARS     National Aquatic Resource Surveys
NAWQA    National Water-Quality Assessment Program
NCA       National Coastal Assessment
NCCA     National Coastal Condition Assessment
NEP       National Estuaries Program
NHD       National Hydrography Dataset
NIST      National Institute of Standards
NM       Nautical miles
NOAA     National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration
NRSA     National Rivers and Streams Assessment
ORD       Office of Research and Development, U.S. EPA

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page xi
OSHA     Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PAH       Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon
PAR       Photosynthetically active radiation
PBS       Phosphate Buffer Solution
PFD       Personal flotation device
PSI        Pounds per square inch
QAPP     Quality Assurance Project Plan
QA/QC    Quality assurance/quality control
QCS       Quality Check Solution
QRG      Quick Reference Guide
SAV       Submerged aquatic vegetation
SOPs      Standard Operating Procedures
SRM       Standard Reference Material
TOC       Total organic carbon
TP        Total phosphorus
TSS       Total suspended solids
USGS     United States Geological Survey
WSA      Wadeable Streams Assessment

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                                          Field Operations Manual
                                                                         Page xii
 CONTACT LIST
Table 1.1 Contacts
Role
NCCA Team
Lead
NCCAQA
Coordinator
NARSQA
Coordinator
EPA Logistics
Coordinator
Contractor Field
Logistics
Coordinator
NARSIM
Coordinator
Great Lakes
Human Health
Fish Tissue
Manager
Name
Treda Grayson
Hugh Sullivan
Sarah Lehmann
Colleen Mason
Chris Turner
Marlys Cappaert
Leanne Stahl
Phone/Email
202-566-0916
grayson.treda@epa.gov
202-564-1763
sullivan.hugh@epa.gov
202-566-1379
lehniann.sarah@epa.gov
202-343-9641
niason.colleen@epa.gov
715-829-3737
cturner@glec.coni
541_754_4467
541-754-4799 (fax)
cappaert.rnarlys@epa.gov
202-566-0404
stahl.leanne@epa.gov
Address
US EPA Office of Water
1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NE
(4503T)
Washington DC 20460
US EPA Office of Water
1200 Pennsylvania Ave NE
(4504T)
Washington DC 20460
US EPA Office of Water
1200 Pennsylvania Ave NE
(4503T)
Washington DC 20460
US EPA Office of Water
1200 Pennsylvania Ave NE
(4503T)
Washington DC 20460
Great Lakes Environmental
Center, Inc.
739 Hastings Street
Traverse City, MI 49686
SRA International
200 SW 35th Street
Corvallis OR 97333
US EPA Office of Water
1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NE
(4305T)
Washington DC 20460
Table 1.2 Regional Coordinators
EPA Region 1
EPA Region 3
                 Name
                Phone/Email
Hilary Snook      617-918-8670. snook.hilary@epa.gov
Diane Switzer     617-918-8377. Swit2er.diane@epa.gov
EPA Region 2    Darvene Adams
Bill Richardson
                732-321-6700
                adams.darvene@epa.gov
215-814-5675
richardson.william@epa.gov
EPA Region 4    Dave Melgaard    404-562-9265, melgaard.david@epa.gov
                                   Address
                                   USEPA Region 1 - New
                                   England Regional Laboratory
                                   11 Technology Drive
                                   North Chelmsford, MA 01863-
                                   2431
                                   USEPA Facilities
                                   Raritan Depot
                                   2890 Woodbridge Avenue
                                   Edison, NJ 08837-3679
USEPA Region 3
1650 Arch Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103-2029
USEPA Region 4
61 Forsyth Street, S.W.
Atlanta, GA 30303-8960
EPA Region 5    Mari Nord       312-886-3017. nord.mari@epa.gov
                 Ed Hammer      312-886-3019,
	|	  hanimer.edward@epa.gov
                                                   USEPA Region 5
                                                   77 West Jackson Boulevard
                                                   Chicago, IL 60604-3507

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page xiii

Role
EPA Region 6
EPA Region 9
EPA Region 10

Name
Rob Cook
Forrest John
Mike Schaub
Janet Hashimoto
Sara Roser
Terrence
Fleming
Gretchen
Hayslip
Lillian Herger

Phone/Email
214-665-7141, cook.robert(g).epa.gov
214-665-8368, john.forrest(g).epa.gov
214-665-7314, schaub.mikefSlepa.gov
415-972-3452, hashimoto.janet(g).epa.gov
415-972-3513, roser.sarafSlepa.gov
415-972-3462,
fleming. terrence @.ep a.go v
206-553-1685,
hayslip.gretchen(g).epa.gov
206-553-1074. hero-er.lillian(a)£pa.Q-ov

Address
USEPA Region 6
1445 Ross Avenue
Suite 1200
Dallas, TX 75202-2733
USEPA Region 9
75 Hawthorne Street
San Francisco, CA 94105
USEPA Region 10
1200 Sixth Avenue
Seattle, WA 98101

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 1
2   BACKGROUND

   The National Coastal Condition Assessment (NCCA) is one of a series of water assessments
   being conducted by states, tribes, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and
   other partners. In addition to coastal waters, the National Aquatic Resource Surveys
   (NARS) focus on rivers and streams, lakes, and wetlands in a revolving sequence. The
   purpose of these assessments is to generate statistically-valid reports on the condition of
   our Nation's water resources and identify key stressors to these systems.

   The goal of the NCCA is to address two key questions about the quality of the Nation's
   coastal waters:

          •  What percent of the Nation's coastal waters are in good, fair, and poor
             condition for key indicators of water quality, ecological health, and recreation?
          •  What is the relative importance of key stressors such as nutrients and
             contaminated sediments?

   The NCCA is designed to be completed during the index period of June through the end of
   September.  Field crews collect a variety of measurements and samples from preselected
   sampling sites that are located at predetermined coordinates.

   This manual describes field protocols and  daily operations for crews in the NCCA. As a
   probability-based survey of our Nation's coastal and estuarine waters, the NCCA is
   designed to:

          •  Assess the condition of the Nation's coastal and estuarine waters at national
             and regional scales, including the Great Lakes;
          •  Identify the relative importance of selected stressors to coastal and estuarine
             water quality;
          •  Evaluate changes in condition from previous National Coastal Assessments
             (NCA) starting in 2000; and
          •  Help build State and Tribal capacity for monitoring and assessment and
             promote collaboration across jurisdictional boundaries.

2.1  SURVEY DESIGN
   EPA selected sampling locations using a  probability based survey design, allowing data
   from a subset  of sampled sites to be applied to the larger target population, and
   permitting assessments with  known confidence bounds.

   The 2015 NCCA survey design produces:

          1.  National and regional estimates of the status of all coastal waters, including
             major estuary groups and the Great Lakes; and
          2.  National and regional estimates of the change in status in coastal water
             condition between 2010 and 2015.

   With input from the states and other partners, EPA used an unequal probability,  stratified
   design to select 1000 probabilistic sampling events, of which 50% are resample sites (sites

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 2

   that were sampled in 2010 and will be sampled again in 2015). Approximately 10% of the
   2010 resample sites are also designated "revisit sites," which indicates that they will be
   sampled twice in 2015 to assess crew sampling and temporal variability. In addition to the
   1000 probabilistic sampling events, a number of intensification sites have been added to
   NCCA 2015, many of which were also selected using a stratified probabilistic design.

   Sample site stratification is based  on major estuaries using the National Oceanic and
   Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Coastal Assessment framework and National Estuary
   Program (NEP). The Great Lakes sites are stratified based on the individual Great Lake,
   depth zone, and country. Only the shallow nearshore depth zone is included in the design
   for NCCA Great Lakes sites. The shallow nearshore depth zone is defined as the region
   extending from the shoreline to a  depth of 30 meters, and no more  than 5 kilometers from
   the shoreline.

   Oversample sites were drawn to provide alternate sampling sites if primary sites are
   rejected and  to provide supplemental sampling locations for states that wish to conduct a
   state level or NEP-level condition assessment. Also,  sites were identified for the Canadian
   nearshore zone although sampling  of these sites is not a part of the  NCCA.

   Additional details on the NCCA survey design can be found in the NCCA survey design
   documents.

2.2  TARGET POPULATION AND SAMPLE FRAME
   The target population for the estuarine resources consists of all coastal waters of the
   conterminous United States from the head-of-salt to confluence with the ocean, including
   inland waterways tidal rivers and creeks, lagoons, fjords,  bays, and  major embayments
   (see Figure 2.1 and Figure 2.2 for examples). For the purposes of this study, the head-of-
   salt is defined as waters with salinity less than 0.5 parts per thousand (ppt) salinity,
   representing the landward/upstream boundary. The seaward boundary extends out to
   where an imaginary straight-line intersecting  two land features would fully enclose a body
   of coastal water. All waters within the enclosed area are defined as estuarine, regardless
   of depth or salinity.

   The target population for the Great Lakes consists of all waters of the Great Lakes of the
   United States and Canada. The current target population is restricted to the shallow
   nearshore zones of Lake Superior,  Lake Michigan,  Lake Huron,  Lake  Erie, and Lake
   Ontario. The NCCA Great Lakes sites are restricted to waters within the United States.
   Please refer to the Site Evaluation Guidelines and the NCCA Web site
   (http://www.epa.gov/owow/monitoring/nationalsurveys.html) for more detailed
   information on the target population.

   The sample frame was derived from prior National Coastal Assessments developed by EPA
   Office of Research and Development (ORD) Gulf Ecology Division (GED). The prior GED
   sample frame was enhanced as part of the National  Coastal Monitoring Network design by
   including information from NOAA's Coastal Assessment Framework, boundaries of NEP and
   identification of major coastal systems. For NCCA 2010, information  on salinity zones was
   obtained from NOAA. For the Delaware Bay, Chesapeake Bay, Puget Sound and the State
   of South Carolina, the prior NCA sample frames were replaced by geographic information

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                 Field Operations Manual
                                Page 3
   system (GIS) layers provided by the organizations that manage the coastal waters in these
   areas, ensuring that prior areas sampled in NCA were not excluded and any differences
   from the previous sample frames to the current sample frame are clearly identified in this
   NCCA 2015 sample frame. For the Californian Province excluding San Francisco Bay, the
   GED sample frame was changed to match a 2004 sample frame used for NCA 2004 study.
   In 2013, the sample frame was updated to include information related to 1999-2001 and
   2005-2006 NCA sample frames. This update is necessary to provide the information
   required to  estimate change between the periods of 2010 and 2015. The sample frame for
   the Great Lakes sites were obtained from EPA ORD Mid-Continent Ecology Division (MED).

   Please refer to the NCCA 2015: Site Evaluation Guidelines for more detailed information
   on the target population and exclusion criteria.
                            Ecorifi^River

                                 RrtriBttjftN
                    Apjlachee Bay
                         Legend
                         |  | Estuarine System
                           uw
                           ] Marine Nearshore Coastal Waters
                     Legend
                     |  | Estuarine System
                       Land
                       Marine Nearshore Coastal Waters
   Figure 2.1 Example of an estuarine system
   comprised of an embayment plus a complex of
   bays and tidal rivers and creeks
Figure 2.2 Example of an inter-coastal estuarine
system
2.3   SITE EVALUATION
   Base site sampling points were drawn using a Generalized Random Tessellation Stratified
   (GRTS) survey design, a stratified design that gives all points within a target population
   equal probability of selection. Each point selected as a sample site is designated the "X-
   site" and represents the point at which sample collections are targeted.

2.3.1   SITE SAMPLE-ABILITY
   X-sites will be found in waterbodies of varied sizes and shapes depending on coastal
   morphology. Site depth and salinity are considered when the initial site draw is made;
   therefore, those conditions should not generally be a factor when choosing to replace a
   planned sampling site. However, there may be instances when a field crew determines

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                Page 4

   that an X-site does not meet the operational definition of an estuary in marine
   environments, or lacustrine and nearshore coastal waters in the Great Lakes. Sampleable
   sites must:

          •   Have access to open water;
          •   Be navigable using a shallow-draw boat. Typically this means that the depth of
             the X-site is generally > 1 meter. Actual sampleable depths,  however, may be
             adjusted based on the vessel and sampling equipment being  used, and wave
             action at the site observed by the field crew.

   If the specific site does not fit the definition of a sampleable site, and every attempt to
   relocate  a site within the margin provided has been made (see Section 5.1.3), complete
   the appropriate "Non-Sampleable-Permanent" category on  the Site Verification (Front)
   form. Document the reason for not sampling the site in the comments section of the form.
   Add any additional explanation as required. (For complete details on the site evaluation
   process,  refer to the NCCA Site Evaluation Guidelines).

2.3.2   REPLACING SITES
   It is likely that some sites will be determined to be unsampleable; therefore, a number of
   backup sites, in the form of an oversample list, are provided to each state. A site can be
   deemed unsampleable for any number of  reasons, including being too shallow to properly
   operate sampling equipment, in the middle of a navigational channel where it is unsafe,
   or practically on top of a  neighboring site.

   When a site is determined to be unsampleable, field  crews  will document the sampling
   status of the  site and select the next oversample site within the same stratum (i.e. same
   state  and estuary type or Great lake) and the same base year (Base 10 sites must be
   replaced with Base 10 oversamples sites and Base 15 sites must be replaced with Base 15
   oversamples sites). This process maintains the probabilistic integrity of the survey. This
   process is handled through the Site Evaluation Spreadsheets that EPA Headquarters (HQ)
   has provided  for each state. These spreadsheets are  available on the NARS SharePoint
   site. Please refer to the NCCA Site Evaluation Guidelines for more detailed information
   on determining site sampling status and completion of the Site Evaluation Spreadsheets.
   These spreadsheets will be turned in when sampling is completed, or throughout the field
   season should it be necessary for communicating the replacement of specific sites to EPA
   HQ and the Contractor Field Logistics Coordinator (FLC).

   If a dropped site is designated as a revisit site (designated "RVT2" in the panel code)
   and/or a human health fish tissue site (designated by "FT"  in  the panel code), then the
   replacement  site takes on the RVT2 and/or  FT assignment.  That is the  site must be
   visited twice  in 2015 (if RVT2) and human health fish tissue collected (if FT).

   If a site is generally sampleable, but one or more indicators cannot be collected (e.g. no
   fish caught or site is too deep to collect sediment), the site should not be dropped.
   Rather, the crew will flag that indicator and document the  reason why the indicator could
   not be collected. See Section 12 for information regarding  the collection of sediment
   samples, which is potentially the indicator crews may experience difficulty collecting.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 5

2.4  DESCRIPTION OF NCCA INDICATORS
   Indicators for the 2015 survey will basically remain the same as those used in 2010 and
   other past coastal surveys, with a few modifications. Again, sample collection methods
   and laboratory methods will reflect freshwater and saltwater matrices to account for
   marine and Great Lakes sampling.

2.4.1    IN SITU WATER COLUMN MEASUREMENTS

    2.4.1.1   Hydrographic Profile
   Measurements for dissolved oxygen (DO), pH, salinity (at marine sites) or conductivity (at
   freshwater sites), and temperature will be taken with a calibrated water quality meter or
   multi-parameter sonde at each site. Measurements will be taken at specific depth
   intervals within 37 meters of the X-site.  The specific location of the profile (and
   subsequently the  area where several samples are collected) is referred to as the Y-
   location. This information will be used to detect extremes in condition that might indicate
   impairment.

    2.4.1.2  Light Attenuation
   A Photosynthetically Active Radiation (PAR) meter will be used to  obtain a vertical profile
   of light in order to calculate the  light attenuation coefficient at each station.  PAR
   measurements are taken  at the same depths as other water column indicators.

    2.4.1.3  Secchi Disk Transparency
   A Secchi  disk is a  commonly used black and white patterned disk used to measure the
   clarity of water within a visible distance.

2.4.2    WATER CHEMISTRY (CHEM) AND ASSOCIATED MEASUREMENTS
   Water chemistry measurements will be used to determine nutrient enrichment, as well as
   classification of trophic status. Parameters measured include total and dissolved nitrogen
   and phosphorus.

    2.4.2.1  Chlorophyll-a (CHLA)
   Chlorophyll-a is the green pigment used in  photosynthesis by plants and algae. Its
   measurement is used to determine algal biomass in the water.

    2.4.2.2  Dissolved Nutrients (NUTS)
   A portion of the filtrate produced from the processing of the chlorophyll-a sample will be
   collected in the field and processed in the  laboratory for dissolved nutrients.

    2.4.2.3  Phytoplankton Assemblage (PHYT)
   Phytoplankton are plant microorganisms that float in the water, such as certain algae, and
   are the primary source of energy in most lake systems (Schriver et al. 1995).
   Phytoplankton are highly sensitive to environmental changes in ecosystems (e.g., turbidity
   and nutrient enrichment). Phytoplankton  will be collected in Great Lakes sites only.

2.4.3    ALGAL TOXIN (ALGX), MICROCYSTIN (MICX)
   Algae are microscopic organisms  found naturally at low concentrations in freshwater and
   marine systems. They often form large blooms under optimal conditions, potentially
   affecting water quality as well as human health and natural resources. Microcystis, for
   example, is one organism that produces microcystin, a potent liver toxin. One water

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                Page 6

   sample is taken to analyze for a suite of algal toxins and another will be taken specifically
   for microcystin.

2.4.4   UNDERWATER VIDEO (UVID)
   At Great Lakes sites only, crews will use an underwater video camera with recorder to
   capture one minute of video focused on the substrate at the Y-location. Video will be
   used in the lab to visually document the bottom composition, and record the presence or
   absence of zebra mussels,  Cladophora, or other organisms.

2.4.5   SEDIMENT ASSESSMENT (SEDG, SEDC, SEDX, SEDO)
   Sediment grab samples will be obtained to measure sediment composition (e.g., grain size
   [SEDG] and percent moisture, organic content, etc. [SEDC]), toxicity [SEDX], and
   contaminant chemistry [SEDO] in order to determine sediment condition.

2.4.6   BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATE ASSEMBLAGE (BENT)
   Benthic macroinvertebrates are bottom-dwelling animals without backbones
   ("invertebrates") that are large enough to be seen with the naked eye  ("macro").
   Examples of macroinvertebrates include: aquatic worms, mollusks, and crustaceans.
   Populations in the benthic assemblage respond to a wide array of stressors in different
   ways so that it is often possible to determine the type of stress that has affected a
   macroinvertebrate assemblage (Klemm et al., 1990). Because many macroinvertebrates
   have relatively long life cycles of a year or more and are relatively immobile, the
   structure of the  macroinvertebrate assemblage is a response to exposure of present
   and/or past conditions. The benthic macroinvertebrate data will serve  as the basis for
   assessing aquatic community health.

2.4.7   ENTEROCOCCI FECAL INDICATOR (ENTE)
   Enterococci  are bacteria that are  endemic to the guts of warm blooded creatures. These
   bacteria, by themselves, are not considered harmful to humans but often occur in the
   presence of potential human pathogens (the definition of an indicator organism).
   Epidemiological studies of marine and fresh water bathing beaches have established a
   direct relationship between the density of Enterococci in water and the occurrence of
   swimming-associated gastroenteritis.

2.4.8   FISH TISSUE (FTIS, FPLG, HTIS)
   The fish tissue indicator [FTIS], which  measures bioaccumulation of persistent toxics, is
   used to estimate the ecological risks associated with fish consumption by wildlife. In this
   study fish will be collected  and whole  body tissue will be homogenized  and analyzed to
   estimate concentrations of target contaminants. Various studies have been conducted on
   contaminants in  different tissues of the fish (e.g., whole fish, fillets, or livers). For this
   study the focus will be on analyzing whole fish  [FTIS] for contaminants  to generate data
   for ecological purposes are referred to as the ecofish sample. At revisit sites, ecofish
   samples will only be collected during visit 1.

   Crews will also collect fish tissue plugs [FPLG] at all NCCA Sites. The plugs will be sent to
   the lab for analysis of mercury contamination levels to assess the  risk to humans of
   consuming fish tissue. If the fish plug sample is taken from fish other than those being
   collected for ecological analysis, the fish will be released back into the waters from which

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 7

   they were collected. At revisit sites, fish plug samples will only be collected during visit
   1.

   In the Great Lakes only, additional fish composite samples will be collected at 150 of the
   225 sites (ideally the first 15 of both the Base 10 and Base 15 sites for a combined total of
   30 sites per lake). Fillet tissue from these samples will be homogenized and analyzed to
   generate fish contamination data related to human health [HTIS]. Fish submitted in the
   human health fish tissue sample should remain intact and fish plugs are not to be taken
   from these fish.  At Great Lakes revisit sites that are also human health fish tissue  sites,
   crews that are unsuccessful at collecting the human health fish tissue sample during visit
   1 are  expected to attempt the  collection of that sample during visit 2.

2.5   SUPPLEMENTAL MATERIAL TO THE FIELD OPERATIONS MANUAL
   The Field Operations Manual describes field protocols and daily operations for crews to
   use in the NCCA. Following these detailed protocols will ensure consistency across  regions
   and reproducibility for future assessments. Before sampling a site, crews should prepare a
   Site Packet for each site containing  pertinent information to successfully conduct
   sampling. This site packet typically includes a road map or navigation chart and a set of
   directions to  the site, topographic/bathymetric maps, land owner access forms (where
   applicable), sampling permits (if needed), site evaluation forms and other information
   necessary to ensure an efficient and safe sampling day.

   Field  crews will also receive a Quick Reference Guide that contains tables and figures
   summarizing field activities and protocols from the Field Operations Manual. This
   waterproof handbook will be the primary field reference used by field crews after
   completing the required field training session. Field crews are also required to keep the
   Field  Operations Manual as well as other equipment manuals (probes, etc.) available in
   the field for reference and for  possible protocol clarification.

   Large-scale and/or long-term monitoring programs such  as those envisioned for national
   surveys and assessments require a rigorous Quality Assurance (QA) program that can be
   implemented consistently by all participants throughout the duration of the monitoring
   period. QA is a required element of all EPA-sponsored studies that involve the collection
   of environmental data (USEPA 2000a, 2000b). Field crews will be provided a copy of the
   integrated Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP).  The QAPP contains more detailed
   information regarding QA/ Quality Control (QC) activities and procedures associated with
   general field  operations, sample collection, measurement data collection for specific
   indicators, data reporting activities, and the information management plan for this
   project. For more information on the QA procedures, refer to the National Coastal
   Condition Assessment 2015: Quality  Assurance Project Plan (EPA-841-R-14-005).


2.6   RECORDING DATA AND OTHER INFORMATION
   Field  data and sample information must be recorded completely, legibly, accurately,
   and consistently. The cost of a sampling visit coupled with the short index period
   severely limits the ability to resample a site if the initial records are inaccurate or
   illegible. Illegible or incorrect information can result in substantially increased time to
   transfer information from field forms to the National Aquatic Resource Surveys

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                Page 8

   Information Management (NARS IM) system. Guidelines for recording field measurements
   are presented in Table 2.1.

   Field crews may choose to record field data in one of two formats: electronic or paper
   field forms. Paper tracking forms must be included in every cooler/box which contains
   samples being shipped to the labs and must also be submitted to NARS IM electronically
   (via App, fillable pdfs, scans, or fax). See additional information on each format below.

   All samples need to be identified and tracked, and associated information for each sample
   must be recorded. To assist with sample identification  and  tracking, tracking forms and
   labels are preprinted and provided by EPA with sample ID numbers.

2.6.1    ELECTRONIC FIELD FORMS
   Field crews may choose to utilize the NARS App to complete data collection. The NARS
   App is available in both Android and iOS formats and is available on the NARS SharePoint
   site. If a field crew is utilizing the iOS app, they must first provide (via email) the Unique
   Device Identifier (UDID) for their device to NARS IM and the EPA Logistics Coordinator.
   This will allow the App to be loaded on a particular device.

   The NARS App is the preferred format for data submission as it cuts down on processing
   time required in scanning paper field forms, prevents data entry errors, eliminates
   redundant entry of common fields, eliminates issues caused by illegible entries, and
   provides validation checks of fields.  In addition, the app generates all sample IDs based on
   the initial entry of the CHEM sample ID and includes fish pick lists for consistent naming.

   If field crews are utilizing  this form of data entry, they will upload site sketches of their
   sites to the NARS SharePoint site.

2.6.2    PAPER FIELD & TRACKING FORMS
   Paper field forms are utilized by some crews. Paper tracking forms must be included in
   every cooler regardless of whether crews choose to use the NARS App or paper  field
   forms. It is important that field crews adhere to the guidelines listed in Table 2.1 when
   completing paper forms.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                                             Field Operations Manual
                                                                              Page 9
    Table 2.1 Guidelines for recording field measurements & tracking information
Activity
Guidelines
Field Measurements
Data Recording
Data Qualifiers
(Flags)
 • Record measurement values and observations on data forms preprinted on water-resistant
   paper.
 • Use No. 2 pencil only (fine-point indelible markers can be used if necessary) to record
   information on forms.
 • Record data and information using correct format as provided on data forms.
 • Be sure to accurately record site and sample IDs.
 • For all primary sampling visits indicate the event as Visit 1. For revisit sites use Visit 2 to
   indicate the second sampling event during the same season.
 • Print legibly (and as large as possible). Clearly distinguish letters from numbers (e.g., 0 versus
   O, 2 versus Z, 7 versus T or F, etc.), but do not use slashes.
 • When recording comments, print or write legibly. Make notations in comments field only;
   avoid marginal notes. Be concise, but avoid using abbreviations or "shorthand" notations. If
   you run out of space, attach a sheet of paper with the additional information, rather than trying
   to squeeze everything into the space provided on the form.
 • Use only defined flag codes and record on data form in appropriate field.
 • F» = Miscellaneous flags (» = 1, 2, etc.) assigned by a field crew during a particular sampling
   visit (also used for qualifying samples).
 • Define each flag in comments section on data form. Flags must be re-defined on each form
   and on forms from different stations.
Sample Labels
 • Use adhesive labels with preprinted sample IDs and follow the standard recording format for
   each type of sample.
 • Use a fine tipped permanent marker to record information on label. Cover the completed label
   with clear tape.
 • Record sample ID from label and associated collection information on sample collection form
   preprinted on water-resistant paper.
 Sample Collection and Tracking
Sample
Qualifiers (Flags)
 • Use only defined flag codes and record on sample collection form in appropriate field.
 • F» = Miscellaneous flags (»=1, 2, etc.) assigned by a field crew during a particular sampling
   visit (also used for field measurements).
 • Define each flag in comments section on data form. Because the same flag may have different
   meanings at different sites, re-define each flag when used on a form and when used on forms
   from different stations.
Review of Labels
and Data
Collection Forms
 • Before leaving site, compare information recorded on labels and sample collection form to
   ensure agreement and accuracy.
 • Before leaving site, review labels and data collection forms for accuracy, completeness, and
   legibility.
 • The Field Crew Leader must review and initial all data collection forms, verifying consistency,
   correctness and legibility, before transfer to NARS IM.
2.7   DATA MANAGEMENT
    All field  crews will be given access to the NARS SharePoint site. This site will be a
    resource for field crews to access important NCCA documentation as well as for
    facilitating document transfer to and from field crews.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                  Page 10

2.8   SAFETY AND HEALTH
    Sample collection and analysis can pose significant risks to personal safety and health.
    This section describes recommended training, communications, safety considerations,
    safety equipment and facilities, and safety guidelines for field operations.

2.8.1   GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
    Important considerations related to field safety are presented in Table 2.2. The Field
    Crew  Leader is responsible for ensuring that all field personnel have successfully
    completed the necessary safety courses and follow all safety policies and procedures.
    Please follow your own agency's health and safety protocols. Additional sources of
    information  regarding safety-related training include the American Red Cross (2006), the
    National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (1981), and U.S. Coast Guard (1989).

    Field crew members should become familiar with the hazards involved with sampling
    equipment and establish appropriate safety practices prior to their use. Make sure all
    equipment is in safe working condition. Personnel must consider and prepare for hazards
    associated with the operation of motor vehicles, boats, winches, tools, and other
    incidental equipment. Boat operators must meet any state requirements for boat
    operation  and be familiar with U.S. Coast Guard rules and regulations for safe boating
    contained in the pamphlet, "Federal Requirements for Recreational Boats," available
    from a local U.S. Coast Guard Director or Auxiliary or State Boating Official (U.S. Coast
    Guard, 1989). While on the water, all crew members must wear Personal Flotation
    Devices (PFD). All boats with motors  must be equipped with fire extinguishers, boat horns,
    PFDs,  and flares or other U.S. Coast Guard approved signaling devices.
    Table 2.2 General health ft safety considerations

Recommended    first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
Training          vehicle safety (e.g., operation of 4-wheel drive vehicles, trailering boats, etc.)
                 field safety (weather, personal safety, navigation, site reconnaissance prior to sampling)
                 equipment design, operation, and maintenance
                 handling of chemicals and other hazardous materials
Communications   check-in schedule
                 sampling itinerary (vehicle used & description, time of departure & return, travel route and
                  destination)
                 contacts for police, ambulance, hospitals, fire departments, search and rescue personnel
                 emergency services available near each sampling site and base location
                 cell (or satellite) phone and VHP radio.
Personal Safety    field clothing and other protective gear including PFDs for all crew members
                 medical and personal information (allergies, personal health conditions)
                 personal contacts (family, telephone numbers, etc.)
                 physical exams and immunizations


    Prior to beginning  a sampling day, each field crew must develop an Emergency
    Communications Plan. This plan will include contacts for police, fire departments,
    emergency medical services, hospitals and  search and rescue personnel. In addition, the
    plan must include  daily check-in procedures with personnel who will not be in the field. A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 11

   copy of the plan should be filed with a supervisor, safety specialist or other staff member
   who is not in the field. All field personnel must be fully aware of all lines of
   communication and able to initiate emergency communications if needed. Field crew
   members must carry clothing and equipment to protect from exposure to different
   weather conditions. Inadequate clothing could lead to hypothermia, heat exhaustion or
   heat stroke. Field personnel must be able to swim. A PFD and suitable footwear must be
   worn at all times while on board a boat.

2.8.2   SAFETY EQUIPMENT
   Crews  may face  many hazards when working in coastal areas. Broken glass or other sharp
   objects may be embedded in the substrate. Infectious agents and toxic substances may be
   present in the water or sediment. Dangerous weather may approach with little warning.
   Vessels can lose  power and navigation.

   Field crews must stock appropriate safety apparel such as gloves, foul weather gear,
   safety  glasses, etc., and use them when necessary. All vessels must have first aid  kits, fire
   extinguishers and blankets available in the field,  and crew members must be trained in
   how to use them. All crews must carry cellular or satellite telephones and all crew
   members must be proficient in how to use them.  Crews must carry supplies such  as clean
   water, anti-bacterial soap, and ethyl alcohol for cleaning exposed body parts that may
   have been contaminated by pollutants in the water.

2.8.3   SAFETY GUIDELINES FOR FIELD OPERATIONS
   Personnel participating in field activities must be in  sound physical condition and  have a
   physical  examination annually or in accordance with organizational requirements.

   Field crew members must become familiar with the  health hazards associated with
   collecting, preserving, and  storing field samples.  All surface waters and sediments are
   considered potential health hazards due to the potential presence of toxic substances or
   pathogens, and chemical fixing and/or preserving agents are often comprised of hazardous
   materials. In addition, chemical wastes can be flammable, explosive, toxic, caustic, or
   chemically reactive. Therefore, all chemical wastes  must be discarded according to
   standardized health and hazards procedures (e.g., National  Institute  for Occupational
   Safety and Health [1981]; U.S. EPA [1986]).

   During the course of field research activities, field crews may observe violations of
   environmental regulations, discover improperly disposed hazardous materials, or observe
   or be involved with an accidental spill or release  of hazardous materials. In such cases
   proper actions must be taken and field personnel must not expose themselves to
   something harmful.

   The following safety guidelines should be applied:

   First and foremost,  protect the health and safety of  all personnel. Take necessary steps to
   avoid injury or exposure to hazardous materials.  If you have been trained to take  action
   such as cleaning up a minor fuel spill during fueling of a boat, do it. However, you should
   always err on the side of personal safety.

   Field personnel should never disturb or retrieve improperly disposed  hazardous materials
   from the field to bring them back to a facility for "disposal". To do so may worsen the

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 12

   impact, incur personal liability for the crew members and/or their respective
   organizations, cause personal injury, or cause unbudgeted expenditure of time and money
   for proper treatment and disposal of the material. Notify the appropriate authorities so
   they may properly respond to the incident. For most environmental incidents, the
   following emergency telephone numbers should be provided to all field crews: State or
   Tribal department of environmental quality or protection, U.S. Coast Guard, and the U.S.
   EPA regional office. In the event  of a major environmental incident, the National
   Response Center may need to be  notified at 1-800-424-8802.

2.8.4   GENERAL SAFETY GUIDELINES FOR FIELD OPERATIONS
          •  At least two crew members must be present during all sample collection
             activities, and no one  should be left alone while out on the water.
          •  Use caution and wear  a suitable PFD.
          •  Use caution using the Ponar-type samplers. The jaws are sharp and may close
             unexpectedly.
          •  Exposure to water and sediments should be minimized as much as possible. Use
             gloves if necessary, and clean exposed body parts as soon as possible after
             contact.
          •  All electrical equipment must bear the approval seal of Underwriters
             Laboratories and must be properly grounded to protect against electric shock.
          •  Use appropriate protective equipment (e.g. gloves, safety glasses) when
             handling and using hazardous chemicals.
          •  Crews working in areas with venomous snakes must check with the local Drug
             and Poison Control Center for recommendations on what should be done in case
             of a bite from a venomous snake.
          •  Any person allergic to  bee stings, other insect bites, or plants (i.e., poison ivy,
             oak,  sumac, etc.) must take proper precautions and have any needed
             medications handy.
          •  Field personnel should be familiar with the symptoms of  hypothermia and  know
             what to do in case symptoms occur. Hypothermia can kill a person at
             temperatures much above freezing  (up to 10°C or 50°F) if he or she is exposed
             to wind or becomes wet. Immersion in the cool waters experienced during the
             summer along most of the marine coasts and Great Lakes can also rapidly result
             in hypothermia.
          •  Field personnel should be familiar with the symptoms of  heat/sun stroke and
             be prepared to move a suffering individual into cooler surroundings and hydrate
             immediately.
          •  Handle and dispose of  chemical wastes properly.  Do not dispose of any
             chemicals in the field.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                            Page 13

3   INTRODUCTION TO SAMPLING

   This Field Operations Manual describes procedures for collecting samples for the NCCA
   2015. Overall, the same indicators will be collected at both estuarine and coastal
   freshwater Great Lakes sites, though some of the sampling will be conducted using
   different equipment. Field crews at all Great Lakes  sites will collect additional water
   samples to be analyzed for phytoplankton and will record underwater video of the bottom
   substrate. At selected  Great Lakes sites, crews will collect an additional fish tissue
   samples to be analyzed for human health risks.

   This section presents a general overview of the field activities and guidelines for field
   operations, recording data and labeling samples. This  section also describes field crew
   makeup and other sampling  considerations.

3.1  SITE VISIT DURATION
   NCCA field methods are designed to be completed in one field day.  Depending on the time
   needed for sampling and travel, crews may require an additional day to complete
   sampling, pre-departure  and post-sampling activities (e.g., cleaning equipment, repairing
   gear,  shipping samples, and  traveling to the next site). Remote sites with lengthy or
   difficult approaches may require more time, and field crews must plan accordingly.
   Conversely, some sites may  be in relatively close  proximity to each  other, allowing
   multiple sites to be sampled in a single day.


3.2  FIELD CREW MAKEUP
   A field crew typically consists of three to four people. However, a minimum of two people
   may be able to properly execute sampling activities. To ensure safety,  at least two people
   are always required in a boat when conducting field work for the NCCA. In order to
   organize field activities efficiently, each field crew  should define roles and responsibilities
   for each crew member prior to beginning field activities. One crew  member is primarily
   responsible for boat operation and navigation. Additional crew members assist with
   sample collection/processing and/or provide logistical support.


3.3  SAMPLING SEQUENCE
   The field crew arrives  at the site in the early morning  to complete the  sampling in a  single
   day. The typical sampling scenarios are shown in Figure 3.1 and Figure 3.2.


3.4  SAMPLING CONSIDERATIONS

3.4.1    CONSIDERATIONS FOR FISH TISSUE COLLECTION
   The sequence of daily  field activities may differ depending on whether the field crew is
   collecting fish that day or another day, or using active (trawling, seining, hook and line,
   etc.) or passive (gill net, hoop net, long-lines, etc.)  fish collection methods.  Other minor
   modifications to the sampling scenario may be made by crews; however, the sequence of
   sampling events presented in the following figures (depending on the type and  timing of

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                             Page 14

   fish collection) should be adhered to and is based on the need to protect some types of
   samples from contamination and to minimize holding times once samples are collected.

3.4.2   CONSIDERATIONS FOR ENTEROCOCCI COLLECTION
   Enterococci levels tend to be highest in the morning prior to high levels of solar
   irradiation; therefore, these samples must be collected as early in  the day and with as
   little water and sediment disturbance as  possible. Regardless of when the Enterococci
   samples are collected, crews must complete filtration within six hours of collection.
   Enterococci samples not filtered within six hours of collection must be discarded,
   recollected, and filtered.

3.4.3   OTHER CONSIDERATIONS
   Crew members responsible for collecting  water chemistry, sediment grabs, and fish tissue
   must remember to not apply sunscreen or other chemical contaminants until after each of
   these samples is collected to avoid compromising the integrity of the sample (or
   implement measures to reduce contamination by such chemicals if applied such as
   washing, wearing long gloves, etc.).

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                    Field Operations Manual
                                                  Page 15
                      Confirm X-Site
                        [5.1.2;
              Sampieable
Not Sampleabte
          Site Characteristics
             [5.1.4]
   Relocate
    [5.1.31
     Hydro-graphic
     Profile [6.2]
            PHYT(GL only) [103J
                     ALGX, MICX [8.3?
                                                       VERIFICATION
              NUTS(N,P)
             Aliquot [14.3]
                                                         COLLECTION
                                              SEDX, SEDO, SEDC,
                                                SEDG[12,5I
                                               Fishing    HTJSfGlon
                                                        113.3.3,
                                 PROCESSING
        Filters [14.3]
Figure 3.1 Field Sampling Scenario - Active Fishing Methods

-------
   National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
   Version 1.0 May 2015
                                       Field Operations Manual
                                                     Page 16
                         Confirm X-Site
                           [5.1.2]
                   Sampteable  ""-—r--'' NotSampteabte
                Sits Ch a ract eristics
                    [5.1.4]
           Fishing
           (set gear)
jr  ---..
Relocate
 [5.1.3;
                                                        VERIFICATION
         Hydrographic
         Profile [6.21
                      .
                        YT(GL
                         [10.3]
                             ALGX, MICX [8.3]
                                  ^^^^m

                                     UVIL

                                   I  "
    UVID(GLonly}
      [11.2.3]
                                               BENT [1.2.4]
                              COLLECTION
                                                      SEDX, SEDO, SEDC,
                                                        SEDG [1.2.5]
                                                   Retrieve
                                                     Gear
                          HflS(GL only) [13.33]
                                PROCESSING
                                         1
                                                                   FPLG [13.2.3]
r ~
^T NUTS[N,P) /
^ Aliquot [14.3]
' CHLA
Filters [14.3]
/ ENTE A
\ Filters ! ^B
Figure 3.2 Field Sampling Scenario - Passive Fishing Methods

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                          Field Operations Manual
                                                       Page 17
4  PRE-DEPARTURE ACTIVITIES
   Field crews conduct a number of activities at their base site (i.e. office or laboratory,
   camping site, or hotel) before departure to the site and after returning from the field.
   Before leaving the base site, the crews must know:  (1) where they are going; (2) that the
   site is accessible and that, if necessary, they have permission to sample it; and (3) that
   equipment and supplies needed to complete the sampling effort are available and in good
   working order. After sampling, crews must ensure that: (1) samples are labeled, packed,
   and shipped appropriately; (2) the sampling event is communicated to EPA; and (3)
   equipment and supplies are cleaned and replenished as necessary.
're-departure
  Activities
                Sample Site
                        Post-Sampling
                           Activities
   Figure 4.1 Overview of base site activities
                                               •Pre-departure Activities
                                                •Crew Leader - Prepare daily itinerary
                                                •Whole Crew - Site verification
                                                •Crew Members - Instrument checks
                                                 & calibration, equipment & supplies
                                                 preparation
                      •Post-Sampling Activities
                       •Crew Leader
                        •Review forms and labels
                        •File status report via email to tracking team
                       •Crew Members
                        •Filter, preserve & inspect samples
                        •Clean boats with 1-10% bleach solution
                        •Perform safety checks on boat (when trailering
                         between one water body to distinctly different
                         water body)
                        •Clean (and repair, if needed) sampling gear
                        •Charge or replace batteries
                        •Refuel vehicle and boat
                        •Obtain ice and other consumable supplies as
                         needed
                        •Package and ship samples & data forms
   Pre-departure activities are included here, while post-sampling activities are discussed in
   Section 14: Final Site Activities and Section 15: Post-Sampling Activities. Pre-departure

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 18

   activities include the development of a daily itineraries, instrument checks and
   calibration, and  equipment and supply preparation.


4.1  DAILY ITINERARIES
   Field Crew Leaders are responsible for developing daily itineraries and site information,
   which are compiled as a Site Packet. This site packet typically includes maps,
   navigational charts, contact information, copies of permission letters, permits, access
   instructions, location of FedEx offices, and location and contact information of hospitals
   or other emergency services. Additional activities include confirming the best access
   routes,  calling the landowners or local contacts, confirming lodging plans,  and
   coordinating rendezvous locations with individuals who must meet with field crews prior
   to accessing a site.

   Also, the Field Crew Leader must identify appropriate boat ramps or marinas and gas
   docks. If the crew is planning a multiple day/multiple site trip, information for each day
   and site must be developed and compiled into separate site packets.


4.2  INSTRUMENT CHECKS AND CALIBRATION
   Each field crew must test and calibrate instruments prior to sampling. Equipment can be
   calibrated either prior to departure for the site or at the site. However, due to variations
   in elevation, DO probes must be calibrated at the site. The field crew will  verify site
   location using a  global positioning system (GPS) receiver. They will collect measurements
   using a  Photosynthetically Active Radiation (PAR) meter and a multi-parameter unit for
   measuring DO, pH, temperature, salinity (recorded at marine sites) and conductivity
   (measured at freshwater sites). Field crews must have access to backup instruments if any
   instruments fail  the manufacturer performance tests or calibrations. Prior  to departure,
   field crews must perform the following checks and calibrations:

          •  If using a  hand-held GPS unit, turn on the GPS receiver and check the batteries.
             Replace batteries immediately if a battery warning is displayed. Boat-mounted
             GPS units run off of the boat electrical system.
          •  Test and calibrate the multi-parameter meter (or sonde). Each  field crew must
             refer to and follow the manufacturer's calibration and maintenance procedures
             to calibrate multi-para meter meters according to manufacturer specifications.
             Once each week, crews must verify that the meter is functioning properly by
             performing manufacturer recommended internal diagnostic readouts (e.g. pH
             millivolts, cell constants, and/or other diagnostic readings). Records of these
             checks should be saved in a logbook or other documentation. For those  meters
             that do not have internal check capabilities,  crews will need to verify that the
             meter is measuring  pH and conductivity properly by measuring a commercially
             available Quality Check Solution (QCS) with properties similar to YSI 5580
             confidence solution.
          •  Ensure that the PAR meter's handheld display unit has fresh batteries, that the
             unit is functioning properly, and that the correct calibration factors are
             entered for each probe.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 19

             Note: Calibration factors are supplied by the manufacturer and are specific to
             each individual probe. PAR sensors require no field calibration; however, they
             should be returned to the manufacturer at least every 2 years for calibration.
             Field crews must use the "Procedures for the initial setup of the LI-COR Ll-
             1400 Datalogger" (Section 4.2.1) to verify the setup of the unit or to enter
             coefficient values should a new sensor need  to be installed.
          •  Crews operating in the Great Lakes must ensure that the underwater video
             system's battery is charged and all components are correctly connected. Crews
             must ensure that the GPS attached to the video system is set up to output
             information to the GPS overlay (Section 11.2.2). The GPS output will be set
             prior to shipping  to field crews, but the crews must verify proper settings
             before use.

4.2.1   INITIAL ASSEMBLY AND SETUP PROCEDURES FOR LI-COR FRAME, SENSOR AND LI-1400
       DATALOGGER
    Field crews must use a pre-configured LI-COR system. Use the following instructions to
    assemble the system if needed and  the following section to reconfigure the LI-COR if
    needed.

    4.2.1.1   Assembly of the LI-COR lowering frame and sensor (from LI-COR 2006)
    For NCCA, crews will need to attach one LI-192 Underwater Quantum Sensor to the LI-COR
    lowering frame. IMPORTANT: Do not use LI-COR underwater cable to support the sensor
    and lowering frame, as damage to the cable can  result. The lowering line provided in your
    base kit should  be used to support the lowering frame and sensor by attaching the in-line
    clip to the suspension  ring at the top of the lowering frame. In addition, the cable should
    not be bent sharply near the sensor.

    The lowering frame provides for the placement of two cosine sensors, however, NCCA
    crews will only attach a single underwater sensor. Each LI-COR  underwater sensor has
    three 6-32 tapped mounting holes on the underside of the sensor for connection to the
    mounting ring (Figure 4.2). Corrosion resistant mounting screws are used with each
    sensor.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                    Field Operations Manual
                                  Page 20
                          Insulating washer


                           Mounting ring
               Screw (one of three)
Figure 4.2 Attachment of the underwater sensor to
the mounting rings (adapted from LI-COR, 2006)
                                              Marked sounding line
                                              (use in-lineclip)
                                                              .Undcrwatcrcable
                                               Underwater sensor
                                                   n
                                                                Secchi disk clip
                                                                (not used for PAR
                                                                meter)
       Weight (moderate)

Figure 4.3 Lowering frame assembly with sensor,
weight, and lowering line (adapted from LI-COR,
2006)
    The underwater sensor will be attached using the mounting ring on the fin of the
    lowering frame (Figure 4.3). To accommodate for any tilting of the frame and to ensure
    a straight downward direction, a compact weight should be attached to the weight ring
    at the bottom of the frame. Depending upon the speed of the current, moderate weights
    will often suffice (4 kg). Weights over 25 kg should  be avoided.

    Once the sensor is installed to the mounting ring using the three screws and insulating
    washer, plug the underwater cable into the sensor by aligning the sensor pins and
    tightening the threaded connection.  There is a yellow etched mark on the sensor  bottom
    that should be aligned with the raised nub on the cable. If the underwater sensor begins
    reading negative values at startup, this likely indicates that the plug on the bottom of
    the underwater sensor is plugged in backwards.

    The underwater cable should be attached to the frame such that approximately 25 cm of
    cable forms a smooth arc to the underwater sensor connector and is restrained from
    being flexed  or supporting any weight. Additionally, the cable must be securely attached
    to the shaft of the lowering frame at multiple points so that the cable does not slip and
    put strain on the sensor connector. However,  the cable cannot be clamped so tightly as
    to damage it. Possible methods to use are numerous nylon cable ties along the length of
    the shaft, or a tight wrap of light cord around the shaft and cable, starting at the
    suspension ring and extending downward at least 25 cm.

    4.2.1.2   Setup Procedures for LI-COR LI-1400 Datalogger
    The following example demonstrates the process for configuring the LI-1400  (with the
    instrument keypad) to view or log instantaneous data from a single LI-190SA Quantum
    Sensor.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 21

    Example 1a. Configure channel 11 for a LI-COR LI-190SA Quantum Sensor with calibration
    multiplier of -125.0umols-1m-2/uAmp (Each sensor has a unique multiplier value
    supplied from  the factory)

             1.1. Connect the Quantum LI-190 ambient light sensor to the BNC connector on
                top of the LI-1400 labeled 11.
             1.2. Turn on the LI-1400 meter.
             1.3. Press the [Setup] key.
             1.4. Use the left ([<-]) or right ([^]) arrow keys to navigate to "SETUP
                CHANNELS".
             1.5. Press the [Enter] key to begin the sensor setup.
             1.6. Use the left ([<-]) or right ([->]) arrow keys to navigate to "H=Light",  press
                Enter".
             1.7. Using the [Shift] key and the number/ letter keys, type a description for
                this channel. This description could describe the type of sensor (i.e.
                "QUANTUM"), or describe what the reading will be used for in the NCCA
                sampling (i.e. "AMB").
             1.8. Press the down ([|]) arrow key to enter the multiplier. The multiplier value
                is found on the Certificate of Calibration provided with the sensors. Each
                sensor must have a  unique certificate and calibration multiplier value.
             1.9. Press the down ([|]) arrow key; enter "UW" for the unit label.
             1.10.   Press the down ([|]) arrow key; select "1 sec" to display instantaneous
                values. The running average parameter will not be used, but could be  set
                here to any desired value.
             1.11.   Press the down ([|]) arrow key; select "Log Routin=none"
             1.12.   The remaining options do not need to be set as they apply only when
                using a Log Routine.
             1.13.   Repeat this entire procedure for channel 12 to setup the underwater
                sensor ("!2=Light").

4.3  EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLY PREPARATION
   Field crews must check the inventory of forms, supplies, and equipment prior to
   departure using Appendix A: Equipment and Supplies Lists; use of the lists is mandatory.
   Inventory extra site kits prior to each site visit to ensure sufficient back-up supplies are
   available. Store extra site kits in the vehicle so that replacement supplies will be readily
   available in case of loss or damage while at the sampling site.

          •  Obtain sufficient wet and dry ice for sample preservation and storage.
          •  Pack meters, probes, and sampling gear, taking care to do so in a way that
             minimizes physical shock and vibration during transport.
          •  Pack stock solutions as  described in Table 4.1 below. Follow the regulations of
             the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).

   Field crews must request paper field forms (if using), tracking forms and labels, and site
   kits through the supply request form two weeks prior to sampling. Crews using the NARS
   App must request tracking forms and labels for each site and may wish to request paper
   form packets as a backup to electronic data collection. Field Crew Leaders collecting

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
             Page 22
   human health fish tissue samples in the Great Lakes must specifically request a human
   health fish tissue supply kit through the supply request form. Field Crew Leaders MUST
   provide a general schedule to the EPA and the Contractor Field Logistics Coordinator
   two weeks prior to initiating sampling for the season.

   Note: Site kits for all sites to be sampled in 2015 cannot be provided at the beginning of
   the field season. Consequently, site kits must be sent out as requested throughout the
   index period.

   The site kit includes sample jars, bottles and other supplies (see complete list in
   Appendix A: Equipment and Supplies Lists). After receipt, please inventory the site kit
   against these lists. If items are missing, damaged or incorrect, please request
   replacement supplies using the supply request form or by contacting the Contractor Field
   Logistics Coordinator. The Contractor Field Logistics Coordinator will send  replacement
   supplies as quickly as possible.
   Table 4.1 Stock solutions, uses ft methods for preparation
Bleach (1-10%)
Quality Check
Solution for multi-
parameter sonde
Buffered Formalin
Lugol's Solution
Clean nets, gear, and inside of boat
Weekly check of meter calibration
In place of weekly internal meter checks
Preserve benthic samples
Preserve phytoplankton samples
(Great Lakes sites only)
Add 10 - 100 mL bleach to 1 L distilled water.
No preparation needed (if purchased as ready-to-use
solution)
Add 8 tablespoons Borax to 2 gallons 100% Formalin (37%
formaldehyde) solution.
FOR USE AT ALL SITES: Add :/4 teaspoon Rose Bengal
crystals to above solution.
None (included in GL base kits); LugoPs Iodine solution is
light sensitive. Take care to avoid exposure to direct light.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                Page 23


5   INITIAL SITE PROCEDURES

    Upon arriving at the site, the field crew must confirm that it is the correct site and
    determine if the site meets the criteria for sampling and data collection activities. The
    crew verifies site access, safety, and general conditions to determine if the site can be
    sampled within the swing of the anchored boat.

    Note: Inability to collect samples for sediment, benthic or fish indicators does not
    disqualify a site from meeting sample criteria. See Section 2.3.1 to determine site
    sampleability.


5.1   SITE VERIFICATION

5.1.1   EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
    Table 5.1 Equipment ft supplies: site verification

For locating and      sampling permit and landowner access (if required)
verifying site         site packet, including access information, site spreadsheet with map coordinates,
                    navigational charts with  "X-site" marked
                   NCCA Fact Sheets for public outreach
                   GPS unit (preferably one capable of recording waypoints) with manual, reference card, extra
                    battery pack
For recording        Site Verification form
measurements       pencils (for data forms)
                   fine-tipped indelible markers (for labels)
                   clipboard

5.1.2   SITE VERIFICATION PROCEDURES
          1.  Create a waypoint in the GPS unit that corresponds to the target X-site
              coordinates  provided by EPA in the site list. This can be done ahead of time in
              the office.
          2.  Navigate the sampling vessel  as close as possible to the target X-site using GPS
              (you must be no  more than 0.02 nautical miles  (NM) or 37 meters from the
              target X-site). Compare the target X-site coordinates with the GPS coordinates
              displayed at the  sampling  site.
              •  Sampling may start when  the sampling vessel is within 37 meters of the X-
                 site. This distance provides the desired level of precision which is
                 approximately equal to that of the GPS receiver without differential fix
                 correction.
              •  With the exception of  fish tissue and sediment samples (see Section 5.4)
                 crews are expected to collect all samples within a circle of 0.02 NM radius
                 around the X-site. This allowable deviation  distance accounts for typical
                 "anchor  swing" of the  sampling vessel.
          3.  Anchor the sampling vessel in such a way as to  minimize the possibility of the
              anchor(s) dragging or becoming dislodged.
          4.  Once the anchor has been set and the vessel is  essentially stationary, verify
              that the X-site is still within 0.02 NM or 37 meters.  This location (where
              sampling will begin) is referred to as the Y-location. If the X-site is not within

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 24

             0.02 NM or 37 meters, reposition the vessel by following the steps outlined
             above.
          5. Determine if the site is sampleable. See Section 2.3.1 for specific guidelines.
             •   If not sampleable, proceed to Section 5.1.3.
             •   If sampleable, proceed to the steps below and then to Section 5.1.4.
                 Record the time of arrival to the Y-location on the Site Verification Form.
          6. Record the coordinates of the Y-location on the Site Verification (Front) form
             in decimal degrees in the NAD83 datum.
          7. Record the number of satellites fixed as <3 or >4.
          8. After anchoring, and throughout all subsequent sampling efforts, monitor the
             GPS to ensure that the sampling vessel stays within the proper X-site radius.
          9. Indicate any and all methods that were used to verify that you are at the
             correct location.
          10. Measure and record the water depth at the Y-location  on the Site Verification
             (Front) form. Make sure an accurate depth reading is taken at the site to
             ensure the depth is adequate to conduct sampling.

5.1.3   SITE RELOCATION
    Every attempt should be made to sample within a 0.02 NM (-37 m) radius of the X-site. If
    the proposed initial sampling location is not sampleable, then relocate using the following
    guidelines:
          1. The Field Crew Leader should choose a specific compass heading (e.g., north,
             south, east, west) and slowly motor the  vessel in that direction.
          2. After moving approximately 15-20 m, assess the relocated area using the Site
             Verification guidelines given above.
          3. Should the relocated area fail to meet the "sampleable" definition, then this
             process may be continued using the same heading out to 37 meters from the X-
             site.
          4. If no suitable sampling location is found  along the first chosen heading, return
             to the X-site and follow a new heading until an acceptable sampling location is
             found.
          5. If after a sufficient amount of effort is expended and no suitable sampling
             location is found, then the determination may be made that the site is
             unsampleable.
          6. If the site is non-sampleable or  inaccessible and cannot be relocated within the
             designated area, indicate the reason on  the Site Verification (Front) form. No
             further sampling activities are conducted.
          7. Replace the original site with the next oversample site on the estuary/state
             list.
             •   Notify the EPA Regional Coordinator  and FLC that the site was replaced and
                 submit the Site & Sample Status/Water Chemistry Lab Tracking form to
                 NARS IM.
          8. Return to Section 5.1.2.

5.1.4   SITE CHARACTERISTICS
          1. If the site is sampleable, record the sampling  status and method being used
             (marine or Great Lakes).
          2. Record the general habitat type and the dominant bottom type present at the
             sampling site.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 25

             •  In many sites, it may not be possible to record the bottom type until after
                the sediment collections are performed.
          3.  Record the presence and type of debris (if any), submerged aquatic vegetation
             (SAV) present, and/or macroalgae present in the area.
          4.  Make any general comments about the site that may be important during the
             data review portion of the assessment or any unusual characteristics about the
             site, including weather conditions.
          5.  Record directions to the launch site from an easily recognizable location  (city
             or major road intersection).
          6.  On the back side of the Site Verification (Back) form, draw a simple sketch of
             the area.
             •  Include the relative locations of the shoreline, launch point, X-site, Y-
                location, and, if different from the Y-location, sediment and fish collection
                locations. If sediment and fish  were collected at different locations from
                each other, please indicate them separately (see Section 5.4). Include any
                other specific attributes of the site that may be important during data
                analysis.
             •  A printed  or copied section of a map with the pertinent information may be
                submitted in place of the scene sketch. Upload this map to the NARS
                SharePoint site when you submit your data forms. NARS App users will
                upload their site sketch to the  NARS SharePoint as well.
          7.  Record the name of all crew members and indicate their primary duties.

5.2  SITE PHOTOGRAPH
   Although not required, EPA encourages crews to take site photographs, especially if the
   site is associated with unusual natural or man-made features.
             •  Date-stamp any site photographs and include the site  ID.
             •  Alternatively,  start the photograph sequence with one image of an 8.5 x 11
                inch piece of paper with  the site ID, waterbody name, and date printed in
                large, thick letters.
             •  Keep a brief photograph log (site ID, number of photographs, time and date
                if not stamped by camera) and describe the subject of each photo ;/ it is
                not self-explanatory.
             •  Field crews can upload these photos to the NARS SharePoint site.

5.3  SAMPLE COLLECTION
   Even when the field crew makes  every attempt to collect all samples, there will be some
   circumstances that will prevent all samples from being collected. When site conditions
   limit full completion of the standard sampling protocol, crews  prioritize sample collection
   and follow a "checklist" for determining the order of sample completion:

          1.  Measure in situ water  parameters  and collect all water samples at all sites.
          2.  Collect benthic grab samples at all sites. Any size sediment grab is acceptable
             as long as it meets the definition of a "successful benthic grab"  (see Section
             12.3).
             Note: Acceptable means:

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 26

             a) A sediment grab that meets the criteria for benthic samples; or
             b) Enough sediment can be collected that will allow the crew to obtain the
                surficial sub-sample required for the sediment composite to send to the
                laboratory for abiotic indicator analysis (e.g., organics/metals, TOC, grain
                size,  toxicity).
          3.  Collect sediment composite material of sand-sized sediment grain or smaller
             (preferred size). If an acceptable sediment grab cannot be obtained at the Y-
             location or within a 37 m radius around the X-site, move to a secondary
             sediment collection area following the procedures in Section 5.4.1  below. Flag
             and note the reason for limited/missing sediment samples. In the case of
             limited sediment, prioritize sample distribution in the following order of
             preference:
             a) Organics/Metals [SEDO]
             b) Toxicity [SEDX]
             c) Total Organic Carbon [SEDC]
             d) Silt/Clay (Grain Size) [SEDG]
             Indicate if any of the sediment samples were not successfully collected by
             marking the "no sample collected" bubble(s) for each pertinent sample.
          4.  Collect fish for ecological contaminant [FTIS] analysis. For the ecological
             assessment, fish collections are targeted to areas within a 500 m radius of the
             X-site. After unsuccessful  attempts within this area, crews may move outside
             of this radius and attempt  to collect fish up to 1000 meters from  the X-site (see
             Section 5.4.2). Unsuccessful deployment of fish collection gear or the absence
             of fish in the catch should  not necessarily be used as a determining factor for
             rendering a site unsampleable.
          5.  Collect fish tissue plugs [FPLG].
          6.  Collect human health fish tissue sample [HTIS] (if applicable).  If suitable fish
             cannot be collected within 1000 meters of the X-site, crews may  move out to a
             maximum of 1500 meters from the X-site in an effort to collect the human
             health fish  tissue sample.

5.4  SECONDARY SEDIMENT OR FISH COLLECTION ZONES
   All water, benthos,  sediment, and fish samples are expected to be collected at the same
   location (the Y-location), which is as close to the X-site as possible (within the 37 meter
   radius around the X-site). However, circumstances may require the field crew to relocate
   to a secondary location to collect an acceptable sediment grab or fish sample. If benthos,
   sediment, and/or fish are collected from a secondary location, in situ measurements and
   water collections do not need to be resampled. Guidelines for relocating to  a secondary
   sample collection zone are covered in the sections below.

5.4.1   SEDIMENT SAMPLES
          1.  If an acceptable sediment  grab cannot be obtained at the Y-location where
             water samples were collected, move the vessel within the 37 m radius margin
             (of the X-site)  and  try to obtain the sediment sample.  Use the site relocation
             method described previously (Section 5.1.3). On the Sample Collection (Back)

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 27

             form, indicate the sediment collection zone by filling in the "within 37 m from
             X-site" bubble.
          2.  In cases where sediment sampling cannot be successfully conducted within 37m
             of the X-site, grabs may be taken in a secondary sediment collection zone
             (e.g., > 37 m radius but within a 100 m radius  (-0.05 NM)  of the X-site) without
             re-collecting the water samples (Figure 5.1).
             Draw a second circle with a 100 m radius from the X-site on the site sketch
             map. Place a mark on the map showing the relative location of the sediment
             collection zone and  the approximate distance  and direction from the X-site.
             Indicate in the comments section approximately how far and in what direction
             from the X-site the sediment was collected. On the Sample Collection (Back)
             form, indicate the sediment collection location by filling in the "between 37-
             100m from X-site" bubble.  The data will be flagged for subsequent review.
          3.  Crews may use the same relocation procedures to move out to a maximum
             distance of 500 m from the X-site to locate suitable sediment sampling
             locations (after attempting to collect sediment from within the  primary and
             secondary zones). Draw a 500 m radius circle on the site sketch map indicating
             the sediment collection area and the approximate distance and  direction from
             the X-site. Indicate in the comments section approximately how far and in what
             direction from the X-site the sediment was collected.  On the Sample
             Collection (Back) form, indicate the sediment collection zone by filling in the
             "between 100-500m from X-site" bubble. The data will be flagged for
             subsequent review.
          4.  If a suitable location to collect sediment samples has not  been found after a
             minimum of three collection attempts inside each of the acceptable relocation
             radii, sediment sampling is considered "complete" for the site. All appropriate
             field form flags and  explanations must be completed, as well as pertinent "no
             sample collected" bubbles.
          Note: The Field Crew Leader may choose to make additional sediment grab
          attempts.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
  Field Operations Manual
                 Page 28
       X-Site: Target sampling coordinates from the Site List

       V-Location: Actual boat location after anchoring. Sample collection begins here.
       (As close to X-site as possible; can be anywhere within 37 meters of the X-Site)
37m 100m     500m
          Primary Sample Collection Zone:
          0-37 meters from X-site
           • In Situ
           • Water
           • Benthos (if possible)
           • Sediment (if possible)
      Secondary Sample Collection Zone:
      37 - 100 meters from X-site
      If sediment not available in primary zone
       • Benthos
       • Sediment
! Tertiary Sample Collection Zone:
! 100 - 500 meters from X-site
] If sediment not available in primary or secondary zones
] Crews may move out to a maximum
', distance of 500 meters from the X site      <	;
I                                  I
i in repeated attempts to locate suitable      i     [
! benthos/sediment sampling locations
Figure 5.1 Primary, secondary and tertiary sample collection zones

5.4.2   FISH SAMPLES
Secondary fish tissue collection sites may be selected up to an additional 500 m beyond the
original 500 m radius at all estuarine and Great Lakes sites (Figure 5.2).

    Please observe the following guidelines:
           1.   In order to move to a secondary fish tissue collection site, crews must be
               unsuccessful at obtaining target fish during  a reasonable portion of the three
               hours allotted to fishing  (at least 30 minutes and no more than two hours)
              within the original 500 m radius.
           2.  The crew must have attempted several sampling locations within the  500 m
               radius without success.
           3.   Crews must observe signs of fish presence such as schools of bait fish  just
               below the surface, predator activity or prey escape behavior on the surface of
               the water, overhead shading or favorable underwater habitat structure or
               bathymetric features within an additional 500 m from the X-site.
           4.  When relocating outside  of the original 500  m radius from the X-site,  but inside
              of the 1000 m radius of the X-site, crews must document:
               a)  The amount of time spent fishing within the original 500-meter radius.
               b)  The direction of travel from the X-site.
              c)  The coordinates of the site where fish were  ultimately caught.
           5.   For the collection of the human health fish tissue sample ONLY, crews may
               move out to a maximum  of  1500 meters from the X-site.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
                 Page 29
                                                                                        500m  1000m  1500m
    Primary Fish Collection Zone (FTIS/FPLG/HTIS):
    0 - 500 meters from X-site
    • Spend at least 30 minutes attempting to collect
    fish here, but no more than 2 hours is required
    • Attempt fishing in several locations within
    primary zone.
    • If no suitable fish are collected,
    consider moving to secondary zone
 Secondary Fish Collection Zone (FTIS/FPLG/HTIS):
 500 - 1000 meters from X-site
 // no suitable fish are collected in primary zone, and
 • Crew observes signs of fish or
 favorable habitat/structure
    Human Health Fish Tissue (HTIS1 ONLY:  \"  "
    1000 - 1500 meters from X-site         ;      !
    // no suitable human health fish are     '	•
    collected in primary or secondary zones, crews
    may move out to a distance of 1500 meters from
    the X-site in an attempt to collect this sample.
Figure 5.2 Primary and secondary fish collection zones

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                            Page 30

6   WATER QUALITY MEASUREMENTS

   This section describes the procedures and methods for the field collection and analysis of
   the water quality indicators (in situ measurements, water column transparency, and light
   attenuation) from freshwater and marine coastal areas.


6.1  SUMMARY OF METHOD FOR IN SITU MEASUREMENTS OF WATER COLUMN
     TRANSPARENCY, DISSOLVED OXYGEN, pH, SALINITY, CONDUCTIVITY,
     TEMPERATURE, AND LIGHT ATTENUATION
   Field crews obtain a hydrographic profile at each site (at the Y-location) by measuring DO,
   pH, salinity (marine sites) or conductivity (freshwater sites), and temperature using a
   multi-parameter water quality meter (or sonde). They also assess water column
   transparency using a Secchi disk and light attenuation using a PAR meter. The protocol
   requires measurements at the prescribed depths as the probe/sensor is both lowered and
   retrieved, starting just below the surface, progressing down to 0.5 m from  the bottom,
   and returning to just below the surface.

6.1.1    EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
   Table 6.1 lists the equipment and supplies used to measure water column transparency,
   DO, pH, salinity/conductivity, temperature, and light attenuation.  Crews record in situ
   measurements on the Field Measurement (Front) form.
   Table 6.1 Equipment ft supplies: transparency, DO, pH, salinity/conductivity, temperature, ft light
   attenuation

For taking measurements and        I multi-parameter water quality meter with DO, pH, salinity/conductivity, I
calibrating the water quality meter    |  and temperature probes.                                 |
                              I extra batteries                                         I
                              I de-ionized water (lab certified preferred, but not required)           I
                              I calibration cups and standards                              I
                              I QCS (used if internal meter checks an not possible)                    I
                              | barometer to use for calibration                             |
                              | thermometer                                         |
                              j Secchi disk (20 cm diameter, weighted) & 100' line with clip (marked in  |
                              I  0.5 m intervals)                                       I
                              | PAR meter (with LI-190 Quantum Sensor and LI-192 Underwater     I
                              |  Quantum Sensor & cables, independent datalogger)              j
For recording measurements        I Field Measurement form                                 ;
                              I pencils (for data forms)                                   :

6.2  SAMPLING PROCEDURE - WATER COLUMN TRANSPARENCY (SECCHI
     DEPTH)
   A Secchi disk is a 20 cm black and white disk suspended from a non-stretch line that is
   marked in 0.5 m intervals. Field crews use a Secchi disk to measure water column to
   nearest 0.1m transparency at every site (at the Y-location). The resulting measurement is
   called the Secchi disk transparency depth, or "Secchi depth" for short.  Below are step-by-
   step procedures for measuring water column transparency.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                             Page 31

   Note: For valid Secchi depth readings, no sunglasses, hats, or any other devices that
   shade the eyes may be used by the person who is observing the disappearance and
   reappearance depths.  The Secchi depth is assessed from the shady side of the boat and
   can only be measured  during daylight hours. One crew member must make all three sets
   of Secchi measurements at a site, and it is desirable to have  the same crew member
   complete Secchi depth readings throughout the entire field season whenever possible.

          1.  In the "Secchi Depth" section of the Field Measurement (Front) form, record
             the time Secchi depth readings were started.
          2.  Slowly lower the Secchi disk until it is no longer visible. In the "DISAPPEARS"
             column, record the depth where the marking on the line meets the water level.
             Interpolate  between the 0.5m markings on the  rope to the nearest 0.1m.
             •  If the disk hits the bottom before disappearing, water column transparency
                depth is greater than the water depth. Fill in the "Yes" circle on the data
                sheet under "Clear to Bottom?" and record  the station depth as both the
                disappearance and reappearance depth in the "Reading 1" row on the data
                form.
          3.  Slowly raise the Secchi disk until it just becomes visible and record the depth
             in the "REAPPEARS" column. Interpolate between the 0.5m markings on the
             rope to the nearest 0.1m.
          4.  Repeat steps 1 -3 two more times, recording both disappearance and
             reappearance depths each time.
          5.  Use the comment  space provided on the Field Measurement (Front) form to
             flag any measurements that the crew feels needs further comment or when a
             measurement cannot be made.
          6.  Repeat the  entire  process if any one disappearance or reappearance
             measurement differs from the others by more than 0.5 m.

6.3  SAMPLING PROCEDURE - MULTI-PARAMETER SONDE

6.3.1   CALIBRATION
   Crews calibrate the DO, pH, and salinity/conductivity meter functions of the multi-
   parameter water quality meter (or sonde) before collecting data at each site. If a crew is
   sampling multiple sites in a single day, a single calibration is sufficient for the day.

       •   Crews record the manufacturer and model number of the instruments in the
          "Calibration Information" section of the  Field Measurement (Front) form.
       •   Crews must calibrate  their pH probe according to the manufacturer's instructions
          and their own laboratory policies, by using at least a 2-point calibration method.
          Crews will supply commercially purchased calibration standards (typically pH of 7
          and 10 for 2-point calibration and pH of 4, 7,  and 10 for 3-point calibration). Any
          pH standards used must reference NIST Standard Reference Material  (SRM)
          certifications to be used in the calibration of the pH probe. This applies for
          calibrations done both pre-sampling and  post-sampling.
             •  The calibration buffers must be accurate to 0.02 pH units or better.
             •  The calibration buffers should be replaced with fresh solutions every 3-4
                days or  sooner if the crew suspects it has become contaminated

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 32

       •  Crews will also calibrate their conductivity/salinity probe according to the
          manufacturer's specifications and their own laboratory policies, using a
          commercially supplied, traceable conductivity standard.
       •  Crews will re-check pH and conductivity/salinity calibration again after daily
          measurements are complete to document potential meter drift throughout the
          day.
       •  For instruments that are factory calibrated and checked (e.g. Sea-Bird Electronics
          meters, etc.), crews must ensure that factory-certified diagnostics have been
          completed according to manufacturer specifications (preferably conducted
          immediately prior to the sampling season) and provide documentation copies
          during assistance visits. Meters such as these do not require the daily calibration
          steps or the weekly diagnostic/QCS checks.
       •  Once each week, crews must verify that the meter is functioning properly by
          performing manufacturer recommended internal diagnostic checks.  This is
          manufacturer and model specific, but typically involves accessing internal
          diagnostic readouts (e.g. pH millivolts, cell constants, and/or other diagnostic
          readings). Results of these checks must be recorded in a logbook or other
          documentation and  saved for potential review.
       •  For those meters that do not have internal check capabilities, crews will check pH
          and conductivity against a commercially available  QCS with properties similar to
          YSI 5580 confidence solution. The QCS is provided  by the crew. Crews record the
          successful completion of the internal checks or the expected values and measured
          values of the QCS in the "Quality Control Check" section of the Field
          Measurement (Front) form.
       •  Crews using a commercially purchased pH QCS for  the weekly quality checks should
          follow the guidelines below:
             •  The pH QCS containers should be labeled with expected values and
                 preparation dates.
             •  The pH of the QCS should approximate the  pH expected at sampling  sites.
             •   Crews should have centrally located bulk solutions to replenish allotments
                 needed for quality checks every 3-4 days or sooner if the crew suspects it
                 has become contaminated.
                    o  Bulk solutions should be replaced according to the manufacturer's
                       specifications or at any time if crew suspects it has become
                       contaminated.
       •  Crews use a commercially purchased primary conductivity/seawater standards to
          be used as the QCS for weekly quality checks of conductivity/salinity.
             •  A secondary conductivity/seawater standard that is referenced against a
                certified standard may also be used.
                    o  If a secondary standard is used, then preparation and certification
                       test procedures and results must be logged in a QA notebook  and
                       maintained by the state or contractor in-house QA personnel.
                    o  The standard should be representative of the conditions expected in
                       the field (-0.5-35 ppt for marine waters).
                    o  The conductivity/seawater calibration standard and QCS containers
                       must be labeled with expected values and  preparation dates.
             •  The standards should be replaced with fresh solutions every 3-4 days or
                 sooner if the crew suspects they have become contaminated.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 33

                    o  Bulk supplies of calibration standards and primary or secondary QCS
                       may be maintained in a central location and used to replenish QA
                       allotments.
                    o  Bulk solutions should be replaced according to manufacturer's
                       specifications or if the crew suspects that they may have become
                       contaminated.
       •  At least once per sampling season (usually in a laboratory before crews begin
          sampling), calibrate the temperature sensor against a National Institute of
          Standards and Technology  (NIST)-traceable thermometer.
       •  If you observe any irregularities or calibration measurements that fall outside of
          the specified tolerance ranges use an alternate instrument if available and flag any
          affected  data.

   Specific information about calibrating each probe function is presented below.

6.3.2   DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER
   Calibrate the DO probe in the field against an atmospheric standard (i.e. ambient air
   saturated with water or water saturated with air) according to manufacturer's
   specifications and NCCA QA protocols prior to launching the boat. In addition, follow any
   of the manufacturer's recommendations for periodic comparisons with internal quality
   checks (cell constants, millivolt output, or other readings), or a DO  chemical analysis
   procedure (e.g., Winkler titration) to check accuracy and linearity.  Record results and
   report irregularities as described above.

6.3.3   PH METER
   Calibrate the pH meter in  accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the
   field crew organization's existing Standard Operating Procedure (SOP).

   After all in situ measurements have been completed for the sampling day, crews perform
   a post-measurement calibration check of the pH meter. Crews will record the Calibration
   Standard Value pH and the post-sampling measurement in the appropriate locations in the
   "Post-Measurement Calibration Check" section of the Field Measurement (Front) form. If
   significant drift (outside of manufacturer's specification) is detected, it may indicate that
   the meter is in need of service. Perform the required service or exchange devices as
   appropriate and  if necessary, and  flag any suspect measurements. Discontinue use of any
   meter that is not functioning properly.

   Once a week, each  crew must check  their multi-parameter sonde using manufacturer
   recommended internal diagnostic  checks (cell constants, millivolt output, or other
   readings) or against the QCS that they provide. In addition to recording the expected
   values and results, record  the QCS date prepared in the appropriate sections of the
   "Quality Control Check" section of the  Field Measurement (Front) form. Report any
   calibration or QC irregularities as described above.

6.3.4   SALINITY/CONDUCTIVITY METER
   Prior to sampling each  site, calibrate the salinity/conductivity meter in accordance with
   the manufacturer's instructions. After the sampling day is complete, measure the
   salinity/conductivity of the calibration  standard that was used earlier in the day to
   calibrate the instrument. Record the expected and  post-measurement values as described

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                            Page 34

   above. Once a week, crews check the conductivity/salinity function using manufacturer
   recommended internal diagnostic checks (cell constants, millivolt output, or other
   readings) or against the QCS that they provide. Record results and report irregularities as
   described above.

6.3.5    TEMPERATURE METER
   When performing the once-a-season temperature sensor check, incorporate the entire
   temperature range encountered in the NCCA into the testing procedure and keep a record
   of test results on file. For use in  this accuracy check, the following are the temperature
   ranges from the NCCA 2010 dataset:

       •   Northeast: 6.8 °C < T < 32.3 °C
       •   Southeast: 21.2 °C
-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 35

   Table 6.2 Example depth measurement intervals

                EXAMPLE 1:                         EXAMPLE 2:
            Water Depth = 7.2 meters                 Water Depth = 23.9 meters
                  0.1 m                              0.1 m
                  0.5 m                              0.5 m
                  1.0m                              1.0m
                  2.0 m                              2.0 m
                  3.0 m                              3.0 m
                  4.0 m                              4.0 m
                  5.0 m                              5.0 m
                  6.0 m                              6.0 m
                  6.7 m                              7.0 m
                                                    8.0m
                                                    9.0m
                                                    10.0m
                                                    15.0m
                                                    20.0m
                                                    23.4m


6.5  PHOTOSYNTHETICALLY ACTIVE RADIATION (PAR) METER
   Field crews measure photosynthetically active radiation  using a PAR meter attached to a
   LI-COR® data logger. The PAR meter measures a vertical profile of light attenuation at
   each station. Measured light values are entered into a regression equation and used to
   determine the coefficient of attenuation in the water column. PAR sensors require no
   field calibration; however, they should be returned to the  manufacturer at least every 2
   years for calibration. Crews measure PAR at the same depths as other water column
   indicators. See procedures below for measuring light attenuation.

6.5.1   SAMPLING PROCEDURE—LIGHT ATTENUATION (LI-1400 DATALOGGER)
          1. Connect a deck sensor (LI-190 Quantum Sensor) and an  underwater sensor (Ll-
             192 Underwater Quantum Sensor) to the PAR  meter as described in Section
             4.2.1. Enter the calibration factors (supplied by the manufacturer) for each
             probe.
          2. Place the deck sensor in an unshaded location on the boat to record the
             available ambient light.
          3. Turn on the LI-1400 meter.
          4. Press the View key.
          5. Using  the left or right keys, navigate to "NEW DATA" and  press Enter.
          6. Using  the left or right keys, navigate until channel  111 is displayed; this shows
             the instantaneous reading for  that channel. Scrolling down will allow viewing of
             2 channels at once.
          7. Lower the underwater sensor, making sure that the sensor is facing up, on the
             SUNNY (or at least unshaded) side of the boat to a depth of 10 cm (represents
             "surface"). Allow the readings to stabilize and press "Enter" to manually log
             the ambient (AMB) and underwater (UW) light readings  in the datalogger.
             NOTE: crews may choose to use alternate  methods of recording the two sensor
             readings as long as both readings are recorded at the same instant. This may

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 36

             include using two people to view the two readings, taking a photograph of the
             screen, etc.
          8.  Continue to lower the underwater sensor to each of the required depths (same
             as other water quality measurements):
             a) 0.5 m
             b) Every 1  m from 1.0 m to 10.0 m
             c) Every 5 m thereafter for sites greater than 10m
             d) 0.5 m from the bottom
          9.  Allow the readings to stabilize at each depth before pressing "Enter" or
             recording the values on the data form.
          10. Repeat the procedure at the same depths, but in reverse order on the upcast.
          11. Review the saved data by pressing Esc and using the right or left key to select
             "LOG DATA" and pressing Enter.
          12. Select "View=ALL." Press Enter.
          13. Use the down key to scroll through stored data by date and time to find the
             data that were just logged. Press Enter to access logged data. Use the down
             key to view both of the sensor readings.
          14. Record the values from both  sensors (/jE/m2/s), at the appropriate water
             depths of the underwater sensor, on the datasheet. Record the deck sensor
             reading in the ambient (AMB) column,  and the underwater sensor reading in the
             underwater (UW) column.
          15. If the sensor hits bottom, allow 2-3 minutes for the disturbance to settle before
             taking the reading.
          16. If the light  measurements become negative before reaching the bottom
             measurement, terminate the profile at that depth.
          17. If the underwater sensor begins  reading negative values at startup, this likely
             indicates that the plug on the bottom of the underwater sensor is plugged in
             backwards. There is a yellow etched mark on the sensor bottom that should be
             aligned with the raised nub on the cable.

       Note:  Pressing the On/Off key will only turn off the screen. To shut down the LI-1400
       press the Fct key and use the right or left keys to navigate to "SHUTDOWN". Press
       Enter to shut down.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                           Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                          Page 37

7   WATER CHEMISTRY [CHEM], CHLOROPHYLL-^ [CHLA],

    AND NUTRIENTS [NUTS] SAMPLE COLLECTION AND

    PRESERVATION

   This section describes the procedures and methods for the field collection and
   preservation of the water chemistry, chlorophyll-a, and dissolved nutrients samples from
   freshwater and marine coastal areas.

7.1  SUMMARY OF METHOD
   The water chemistry samples will be analyzed for chlorophyll-a [CHLA], total nutrients
   including nitrogen and phosphorus [CHEM], and dissolved ammonia, nitrites, nitrates, and
   phosphorus [NUTS]. Collect the water samples at the Y-location, 0.5 meters below the
   surface (or mid-depth if station depth is less than 1.0 meter), with either a water
   pumping system or water sampling device such as a Niskin, Van Dorn, or Kemmerer bottle
   and transfer to a rinsed 250 ml amber HOPE bottle. Water for the chlorophyll-a sample
   will be collected and  transferred to a  separate 2 L amber HOPE bottle. Store all samples
   in darkness on ice in a closed cooler. After you filter the chlorophyll-a sample, the filter
   must be kept frozen until ready to ship. A portion of the filtrate from the chlorophyll-a
   processing will be collected for the dissolved nutrient sample.

   Note: Fecal indicator sample IS NOT collected with these samples.

7.2  EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
   Table 7.1 Equipment & supplies: water chemistry & chlorophyll-a sample collection

For collecting samples  | water sampling device or water pumping system                            |
                  I nitrile gloves                                                   I
                  | HDPE bottle (250 mL, amber) [CHEM]                                 |
                  ; HDPE bottle (2 L, amber) [CHLA]                                    i
                  : cooler with wet ice                                                :
For recording        ; Sample Collection form                                            j
measurements       | water chemistry sample label                                         |
                  | pencils (for data forms)                                             |
                  I fine-tipped indelible markers (for labels)                                 I
                  | clear tape strips                                                  |

7.3  SAMPLING PROCEDURE
   The following describes the sampling procedures for collecting water chemistry samples.

   Note: Do not apply sunscreen or other chemical contaminants until after the sample is
   collected (or implement measures to reduce contamination by such chemicals if applied
   such as washing, wearing long gloves, etc.).

         1. Collect the water chemistry samples at the Y-location, which is no more than
            37 meters from the X-site (located via GPS).

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 38

          2.  Complete the CHEM sample label with Site ID, date collected, and visit
             number.
          3.  Attach the completed label to the 250 ml amber HOPE sample bottle and  cover
             with clear plastic tape.
          4.  Put on nitrile gloves.
          5.  Using either a water sampling device or water pumping system, collect a water
             sample at 0.5 m below the surface (or mid-depth if station depth is less than
             1.0 meter).
                a)  Rinse the sampling device and the sample containers three times with
                    water from the site. To rinse a pumped sampling system follow your
                    agency's SOP. If no SOP exists, flush long enough so that the amount of
                    site water flushed is equal to at least three times the total volume of
                    the sampling system (including tubing). Be sure to cap the bottles  and
                    rotate them so that the water contacts all the surfaces. Discard the
                    water away from the sampling location if additional water is to be
                    collected.
          6.  Fill the 250 ml  amber HOPE bottle (for water chemistry) and the 2 L amber
             HOPE bottle (for chlorophyll-a and nutrients) with sample water.
          7.  Replace the lids and seal the lid of the 250 ml bottle tightly with electrical
             tape.
          8.  Place both samples in a cooler on ice at 4°C.
          9.  Record the collection data on the Sample Collection (Front) form.
                 a)   Note anything that could influence sample chemistry (heavy rain,
                     potential contaminants, etc.) in the Comments section.
                 b)   If the samples were not taken at the Y-location, enter the GPS
                     coordinates of the sampling  location and the reason for relocation in
                     the comments field on the Sample Collection (Front) form.
          10. Proceed to Section 14.3 for instructions on processing chlorophyll-a and
             nutrients water sample to obtain a chlorophyll-a filter and the nutrients
             filtrate.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                             Page 39

8   ALGAL TOXINS [ALGX] INCLUDING MICROCYSTINS

    [MICX]

   Algae, including Microcystis, are microscopic organisms found naturally at low
   concentrations in water. Under optimal conditions (such as high light and calm weather,
   usually in summer), these organisms occasionally form a bloom, or dense aggregation of
   cells, that floats on the surface of the water forming a thick layer or "mat." At higher
   concentrations, algal blooms are so dense that they resemble bright green paint that has
   been spilled in the water. These blooms potentially affect water quality as well as human
   health (some algae produce toxins)  and natural resources. Decomposition of large blooms
   can lower the concentration of dissolved oxygen in the water, resulting in hypoxia (low
   oxygen) or anoxia (no oxygen). Sometimes,  this condition results in fish kills. The blooms
   can also be unsightly, often floating at the surface in a layer of decaying, odiferous,
   gelatinous scum.

   Although the likelihood of people being affected by algal blooms is low, various health
   effects can occur following contact with or ingestion of algal  toxins. People recreationally
   exposed (e.g., swimmers or personal watercraft operators) to algal blooms have also
   reported adverse effects. Health problems may occur in animals if they are  chronically
   exposed to water with algal toxins present. Fish and bird mortalities have been reported
   in waterbodies with persistent algal blooms.

8.1   SUMMARY OF METHOD
   Two water samples for algal toxin analysis are taken from the Y-location: one for a broad
   suite of algal toxins [ALGX] and another specifically for microcystins [MICX]. All field
   crews must collect water grab samples using the water chemistry sample collection device
   to fill two, 500 ml bottles. Collect these samples after the in situ measurements and
   water chemistry sample are collected.  Store all samples on ice in a closed cooler.

8.2   EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
   Table 8.1 Equipment & supplies: algal toxins, microcystins

For collecting samples    nitrile gloves
                     water chemistry sample collection device
                     2 HDPE bottles (500 mL, white, wide-mouth) [ALGX] [MICX]
                     cooler with ice
For recording           Sample Collection form
measurements          algal toxin sample label
                     microcystin sample label
                     pencils (for data forms)
                     fine-tipped indelible markers (for labels)
                     clear tape strips

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 40

8.3  SAMPLING PROCEDURE
   See below for step-by-step procedures for collecting both algal toxins and microcystins
   samples. Collect both samples from the Y-location.

   Note: Make sure not to handle sunscreen or other chemical contaminants until after the
   sample is collected (or implement measures to reduce contamination by such chemicals if
   applied such as washing,  wearing long gloves, etc.).

8.3.1   SAMPLE COLLECTION
          1. Complete the ALGX and MICX sample labels with Site ID, date collected, and
             visit number.
          2. At marine sites, also write the salinity (in ppt) on both of the labels.
          3. Attach the completed labels to each of the 500 ml HOPE sample bottles and
             cover with clear plastic tape.
          4. Put on nitrile gloves.
          5. Rinse the first 500 ml bottle three times with site water. Be sure to cap the
             bottle and  rotate it so that the water contacts all the surfaces. Discard the
             water away from  the sampling location if additional water is to be collected.
          6. Fill the 500 ml bottle.  Leave at least one inch of head space in the bottle to
             allow for expansion when frozen.
          7. Replace the lid and seal tightly with electrical tape.
          8. Repeat Steps 5-7 for the second 500 ml bottle.

8.3.2   SAMPLE STORAGE
          1. Place the 500 ml bottles in a cooler (on ice) and shut the lid.
          2. Record  the Sample ID on the Sample Collection  (Front) form along with the
             pertinent site information (site ID, date, etc.).
          3. As soon as you return to your base site (hotel, lab, office, etc.), freeze sample
             bottles  and keep frozen until shipping.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                             Page 41

9   FECAL INDICATOR (ENTEROCOCCI, [ENTE])

   Crews collect water samples to be tested for the presence of Enterococci. They filter
   water at the field site or a nearby location. The filters are sent to the lab for quantitative
   polymerase chain reaction (qPCR) analysis. Two filters must be collected and frozen
   within six hours of collecting the water sample or the sample must be  discarded and
   recollected. Because of the time-sensitive nature of this technique, the position of the
   Enterococci water sample collection in the sampling sequence varies based upon whether
   and how fish will be collected at the site and how quickly the crew will be able to begin
   filtration.

   In short, if the crew is using a passive  fishing method or is able to filter the samples on
   the vessel, the Enterococci collection  takes place immediately following the  hydrographic
   profile. If the crew is using active fishing methods or will not be able to filter the sample
   until off the water, the collection of the Enterococci sample takes place at the end of the
   sampling day. This variation is based on balancing the need to protect the Enterococci
   sample from potential contamination with minimizing holding times once the sample is
   collected.

9.1   SUMMARY OF METHOD
   Crews collect and preserve the fecal indicator sample at the Y-location using the method
   described in the Sampling Procedure (Section 9.3 below). In addition, crews observe the
   area around the X-site and record (on  the Site Assessment (Front) form)  signs of
   disturbance that may contribute to  the presence of fecal contamination to the waterbody.

9.2   EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
   Table 9.1 Equipment ft supplies: fecal indicator (Enterococci) sampling

For collecting samples        nitrile gloves
                         HDPE bottle  (250 mL, clear, pre-sterilized)
                         sodium thiosulfate tablet
                         wet ice
                         cooler
For recording measurements   Sample Collection form
                         fecal indicator sample labels (2 vial labels and 1 bag label)
                         pencils (for data forms)
                         fine-tipped indelible markers (for labels)
                         clear tape strips

9.3   SAMPLING PROCEDURE
   The following outlines the procedure for collecting the fecal indicator sample.

          1. Put on nitrile gloves.
          2. Using either a gloved hand  (on smaller boats) or pole dipper (on larger vessels),
             lower the un-capped, inverted 250 ml sample bottle to a depth of 0.5 meters
             below the water surface (or mid-depth if station depth is less than 1.0 meter).

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 42

          •   Avoid surface scum, vegetation, and substrates. Point the mouth of the
              container away from the boat. Right the bottle and raise it through the water
              column, allowing bottle to fill completely.
          3.  After removing the container from the water, discard a small portion of the
              sample to allow for proper mixing before filtering.
          4.  Add the sodium thiosulfate tablet, cap, and shake the bottle 25  times.
          5.  Store the sample in a cooler on wet ice to chill (not freeze)  for at least 15
              minutes. Do not hold samples longer than six hours before filtration and
              freezing.
          6.  The filtration procedure is contained in Section 14.2.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                            Page 43

10 PHYTOPLANKTON [PHYT] (GREATLAKES ONLY)


10.1 SUMMARY OF METHOD
   In all Great Lakes sites, crews will collect a sample for phytoplankton analysis. Collect this
   sample from the Y-location at the same time and depth as the other water samples. Fill a
   1 L white narrow-mouth HOPE bottle with water from the water sampling device or water
   pumping system. The phytoplankton sample must be preserved with Lugol's solution
   within two hours of collection. Store the samples in darkness inside a cooler with ice or in
   a refrigerator.

10.2 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
   Table 10.1 Equipment & supplies: phytoplankton

For collecting and      water sampling device or water pumping system
preserving samples      nitrile gloves
                    HDPE bottle (1 L, white, narrow mouth)
                    wet ice
                    cooler
                    LugoPs solution
For recording          Sample Collection form
measurements         phytoplankton sample label
                    pencils (for data forms)
                    fine-tipped indelible markers (for labels)
                    clear tape strips

10.3 SAMPLING  PROCEDURE
   The text below describes the sampling and  preservation procedures for phytoplankton
   samples. Collect the phytoplankton water sample at the Y-location along with the other
   water samples.

   Note: Make sure not to apply sunscreen or other chemical contaminants until after the
   sample is collected (or implement measures to reduce contamination by such chemicals if
   applied such as washing, wearing long gloves, etc.).

          1.  Complete the PHYT sample label with Site ID, date collected, and  visit number.
          2.  Attach the completed label to the 1 L white narrow-mouth HDPE sample bottle
             and cover with clear plastic tape.
          3.  Put  on nitrile gloves.
          4.  Using either a pre-rinsed pump system or a water sampling device, collect a
             water sample at 0.5 m below the surface (or mid-depth if station depth is less
             than 1.0 meter).
          5.  Rinse the sample bottle three times with site water. Be sure to cap the bottle
             and rotate it so that the water contacts all the surfaces. Discard the water
             away from the sampling location if additional water is to be collected.
          6.  Fill  the sample bottle with sample water, leaving enough head space for 10 ml
             of Lugol's solution, and place in  a cooler on ice at 4°C. Store the sample
             chilled and in darkness at all times.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                Page 44

          7.  The sample must be preserved by adding 10 ml of Lugol's solution to the bottle
              within 2 hours of collection.
          8.  After preservation,  replace the lid and seal tightly with electrical tape.
          9.  Record the collection  data on the Sample Collection (Front) form. Include the
              depth of collection, time of collection, and time of preservation.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                             Page 45


11  UNDERWATER VIDEO [UVID] (GREATLAKES ONLY)

   At all Great Lakes sites, a 1  minute video image of the substrate at the Y-location will be
   collected using an underwater video camera system. The video will be enhanced and
   examined in the lab to visually document the bottom composition, and record the
   presence or absence of zebra mussels, Cladophora, or other organisms.


11.1  SUMMARY OF METHOD
   High quality underwater video will be best achieved if the field  crew deploys the camera
   and records the video at approximately the same time  as the in situ measurements and
   water collection activities. Avoid heavy disturbance of the bottom with anchors or
   sediment samplers before capturing the video images.

   At the Y-location, lower the camera into the water on the windward side of the boat and
   wait for a clear view of the bottom. Record until you have captured 1  min of good bottom
   footage.

11.1.1   EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES

   Table 11.1 Equipment & supplies: underwater video

For recording          Seaviewer underwater camera
underwater video       Seaviewer digital video recorder (DVR)
                    Seaviewer SeaTrak GPS overlay
                    Garmin Etrex GPS
                    camera cable (100')
                    cable from GPS overlay to DVR
                    cable from GPS overlay to GPS
                    12v 18ah battery
                    charger for 12v battery
                    power cord (DVR ,Camera ,GPS overlay)
                    power adapters (110VAC - 12VDQ (3) for camera, DVR, and GPS overlay
                    EPA provided USB flash drive
                    stop watch (or similar time keeping device)
                    Seaviewer case (all components will fit into case for transport)
                    10 amp fuses (Automotive blade (large) type)
                    AA batteries (for GPS)
For recording          Sample Collection Form
measurements         pencils (for data forms)


11.2  SAMPLING PROCEDURE

11.2.1   INITIAL SETUP OF UNDERWATER CAMERA SYSTEM
Underwater camera systems will be assembled and set up prior to shipment to field crews.
However, information contained within this section will allow a field crew to verify
equipment setup or troubleshoot potential connection problems. The underwater camera
system and cables should be set up as shown  in Figure  11.1. The system should not be
disassembled  between sites other than to remove the battery clips. Initial one-time setup of
the camera system GPS unit is described below.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
             Page 46
                           cable
                                         o button   record button
                                                     |   an/off button
                                   DVR
   Figure 11.1 Setup diagram of underwater video system

11.2.2  INITIAL SETUP OF UNDERWATER CAMERA SYSTEM GPS
          1. Set the GPS to output NMEA data in the GPS Menu section of the settings to
             send position information to the GPS overlay system. (This step will be
             completed prior to shipment of the system, but the steps below can be
             completed to verify correct setup).
          2. Press "page" button 4 times to reach menu page.
          3. Select "set up" by pressing arrow down button until "set up" is highlighted,
             then press enter.
          4. Select "interface" by pressing arrow down button until "interface" is
             highlighted, then press enter.
          5. Press enter again, select "NMEA out" by pressing arrow down button until
             "NMEA out" is highlighted,  then press enter.
          6. Press page button 3 times to return to satellite tracking page.

11.2.3  UNDERWATER VIDEO RECORDING PROCEDURE
   The following describes the procedure for recording  the underwater video at the Y-
   location as well as the procedure for archiving the video file after the recording has been
   completed.
          1. Power up the GPS and wait until it displays: "ready to navigate".
          2. If the GPS is not set to output NMEA data, see Section 11.2.2.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 47

          3.  Connect either the battery wire to the internal battery or attach the alligator
             clips to an external 12v battery. Attach red clip to the positive (+) terminal and
             black clip to the negative (-) terminal.
          4.  Send power to the camera, GPS overlay, and DVR by switching the battery
             switch to "Battery" (I) if using the internal battery or "External Power" (II) if
             using  an external 12v battery.
          5.  Turn on the GPS overlay by pressing its power button. The green light will
             illuminate.
          6.  Turn on the DVR by pressing the power button  (upper right side of DVR) for 3
             seconds. A flash screen will appear for a short  time then disappear.
          Note: DO NOT PRESS POWER ON AGAIN DURING THIS TIME! A windows type menu
          screen will appear.
          7.  Initialize the DVR by pressing the video ( -Q )  button located at top right of
             the DVR unit (not on the screen). A video image from the camera should appear
             on the DVR screen with a latitude / longitude display.  (If not, see the trouble
             shooting section supplied with manufacturer's  literature).
          8.  While the camera is still out of the water, start recording by pressing  the
             record button  (located at the top right of the unit, to the right of the video
             button). The word "Recording" appears on the screen in red for 10 sec, then
             disappears. (To pause recording, press the enter button then press it again to
             resume recording).
          9.  Once  recording,  lower the camera into the water on the windward side of the
             boat.  One person is needed to operate the DVR and one to lower the camera.
             The person operating the DVR should instruct the camera person on descent
             speed and depth of camera.
          10. Once  a clear and close-up image of the bottom is displayed (do the best you
             can in the conditions), record an additional 1 minute of good bottom footage.
             During this 1 minute recording, slowly rotate the camera 360 degrees while
             maintaining a clear image of the bottom.
          11. In low light conditions, turn on the camera light by pressing the red button on
             the DVR end of camera cable. Experiment with the light while monitoring the
             screen for best picture results.
          12. Stop recording by pressing the video key (top of unit),  or the X button.

11.2.4   REVIEWING UNDERWATER VIDEO FILES PROCEDURE
   Upon  completing the 1 minute of underwater video, it is important to verify that the
   video has  been saved, record the file name on the Sample Collection (Front) form, and
   preview the video to ensure adequate quality.
          1.  Select browser by pressing the enter button (upper right key on front  of DVR).
          2.  Arrow down to "DVR".
          3.  Select "DVR" by pressing the enter button (upper right key front of DVR).
          4.  Arrow down to the last file listed. This should be the video you just recorded.
          5.  Record the file name on the Sample Collection (Front) form. The format of the
             file is: DVRyymmdd_hhmm_xxx.avi (yymmdd is the date in year, month and
             day; hhmm is the time in hours and minutes; xxx is a file number assigned by
             the DVR, typically 001;  and avi is the file format). Check that the date and
             time on the file name match the date and time of the  recording you just made.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 48

          6.  Press enter to play video to evaluate the quality of the video.
          7.  If the video clearly shows the composition of the bottom then the video is
             deemed acceptable; continue to step 9.
          8.  If the video is un-viewable or is of poor quality, repeat the recording steps
             above.
          9.  Shut down the system by the following the steps below.
             a)  Power down the DVR by pressing and holding the power button (upper right
                side).
             b)  Power down the GPS overlay by pressing the power button.
             c)  Power down the camera by disconnecting the alligator clips from the
                battery posts.
             d)  Power down GPS by pressing and holding its power button.
          10. Recharge the 12v battery at the end of each day  (it is a good idea to assign this
             task to an individual crew member).

11.2.5   DIRECTIONS FOR UPLOADING VIDEO FILES FROM DVR
Follow these procedures to upload video files to another storage device (EPA-provided USB
flash drive).

          1.  Insert the USB flash drive provided by EPA into an available USB port in your
             computer.
          2.  Open the silver flap on the top left of the DVR and locate the "USB2" slot on
             the right hand side.
          3.  Locate a cord in your kit that has a "USB2" end (doesn't appear to directly
             match the opening shape on the DVR, but it is correct!) and a standard
             computer USB end. It may be in a bag, or loose in the kit under the DVR.
          4.  Power on the DVR.
          5.  Once the home screen appears, connect the DVR and computer using the cord.
          6.  The DVR screen will turn black and flash USB 2.0, once it is connected.
          7.  On your computer, go My Computer and locate the DVR,  "DPA1" -Select
          8.  Select the DVR folder.
          9.  All video files should be visible.  Select all files -  right click - copy - go to the
             flash drive under My Computer - right click - paste.
          10. Once files are transferred, close all windows.
          11. On your computer, go to My Computer and select the flash drive.  Confirm all
             DVR files are present.
          12. Disconnect computer and DVR and remove flash drive.
          13. Power off DVR.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                            Page 49

12  SEDIMENT COLLECTION

   Crews collect sediments for a variety of analyses. Field crews will sieve one or two
   sediment grabs and submit the resulting benthic infauna collection to the lab to be
   analyzed for species composition and abundance. Additional sediment grabs will be
   analyzed for chemical contaminants (organics/metals and TOC), grain size determination,
   and acute whole sediment toxicity. In order to provide the minimum volume of sediment
   for all analyses, crews may need to collect different numbers of grabs at different sites,
   based on sediment characteristics. While the biology (benthic assemblage) grab is being
   processed (sieved) by one crew member, other personnel collect the necessary grabs for
   chemistry, grain size, and toxicity tests. They composite the  grabs,  mix them and then
   split them into four separate sample containers. Crews must collect a  minimum of 3L of
   sediment at marine sites and 2L of sediment at Great Lakes sites to submit for chemistry
   (contaminants), toxicity, and grain size analyses.

12.1 SUMMARY OF METHOD
   A 1725 (0.04) m2, stainless steel, Young-modified Van Veen Grab (or similar)  sampler is
   appropriate for collecting sediment samples for both biological and  chemical analyses.
   The top of the sampler is either hinged or otherwise removable so the top layer of
   sediment can be easily removed for chemical and toxicity sample collection. This gear is
   relatively  easy to operate and requires little specialized training. For crews sampling in
   the Great  Lakes, a standard Ponar grab (box size 22.9 cm x 22.9 cm with depth of 9 cm)
   with removable top screens should be used for collecting sediments for benthic
   invertebrate analysis (USEPA 2001); other sediment grab devices may be used for
   sediment toxicity and contaminant samples at the crew's discretion. Record  the
   dimensions and sample area of the grab used on the Sample Collection (Back) form. The
   area of sediment the grab collects is important for data analysis. If  the grab  sampler size
   is less than 0.03 m2, take two grabs for the benthic macroinvertebrate collections and
   composite the sediment into the sieve.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                                Field Operations Manual
                                                              Page 50
12.2  EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
    Table 12,1 Equipment Et supplies: sediment collection
For collecting samples
For recording
measurements
Young-modified Van Veen (or Ponar) grab with grab stand
weights and pads for grab
nitrile gloves
plastic tub or bucket
0.5 mm stainless steel sieve
sieve box or bucket
electrical tape
forceps (fine-tipped)
funnel (wide-mouth)
Alconox
Formalin (100% buffered) with stain
Graduated cylinder for measuring formalin
Rose Bengal Stain (for staining formalin solution)
Borax
ruler (cm)
squirt bottle (for ambient water)
stainless steel mixing pot or bowl with lid
stainless steel or Teflon spoons (15")/scoops/spatula
HDPE bottie(s) (1 L, wide-mouth) [BENT]
glass jar (60 mL, amber) [SEDC]
glass jar (120 mL, amber) [SEDO]
plastic bags (2,1 quart) [SEDG]
screw-top bucket (0.6 gallon) [SEDX]
scrub brush
cooler with wet ice
Sample Collection form
pencils (for data forms)
fine-tipped indelible markers  (for labels)
clear tape strips
12.3  SAMPLING PROCEDURE
    The following describes the sampling procedure to obtain sediment samples.
    Note: The sampler, spoons and mixing bowl or bucket must be thoroughly rinsed with
    ambient water after sampling at each site to ensure no sediments remain, and then at
    the next station washed with Alconox and rinsed with ambient water prior to use. This
    practice reduces the risk of the equipment carrying contaminants from site to site.
    Do not apply sunscreen or other chemical contaminants until after the sample is
    collected (or implement measures to reduce contamination by such chemicals if applied
    such as washing, wearing long gloves, etc.). Be sure to use new clean nitrile gloves or
    wash gloves between stations if they are reused from one station to the next.
           1.  Attach the sampler to the end of the winch cable with a shackle and tighten
              the pin.
           2.  Set the grab according to the manufacturer's instructions and disengage any
              safety device designed to lock the sampler open.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 51

          3. Lower the grab sampler through the water column such that travel through the
             last 5 meters is no faster than about 1 m/sec. This minimizes the effects of
             bow wave disturbance to surficial sediments.
          4. Allow a moment for the sampler to settle into the substrate and then allow
             slack on the cable. Letting the cable go slack serves to release the jaws of the
             sampler so they will close as the sampler is retrieved.
          5. Retrieve the sampler and lower it into its cradle or a plastic tub on-board.
             Open the top and determine whether the sampling is successful or not.
             •  A successful grab is one having relatively level, intact sediment over the
                entire area of the grab, and a  sediment depth at the center of at least 7
                centimeters for the benthic macroinvertebrate grab (see Figure 12.1).
             •  Grabs containing no sediment, partially filled grabs, or grabs with
                shelly/rocky substrates or grossly slumped surfaces are unacceptable.
             •  Grabs completely filled to the top, where the sediment is in direct contact
                with the hinged top, are also unacceptable.
             •  It may take several attempts using different amounts of weight to obtain
                the  first acceptable sample. More weight will result in a deeper bite of the
                grab. In very soft mud, pads may be needed to prevent the sampler from
                sinking into the mud. If pads are used,  the rate of descent near the bottom
                should be slowed even further to reduce the bow wave.
          6. If, after several attempts, only grabs less than 7 centimeters deep can be
             obtained, use the next successful  grab regardless of the depth of sediment at
             the center of the grab.
             •  Use the comments on the Sample Collection (Back) form to describe your
                efforts and be sure to accurately record the depth of the sediment
                captured  by the grab.
             •  Carefully drain overlying water from  the grab. If the grab is used for
                benthic community analysis, the water must be drained into  the container
                that will receive the sediment to ensure no organisms are lost.
             •  Enter notes on the condition of the sample (smell, substrate, presence of
                organisms on the surface, etc.) in the Sediment Characteristics section of
                the  Sample Collection (Back)  form.
          7. If the grab sampler size is less than 0.03  m2, take two grabs for the benthic
             macroinvertebrate collections and composite the sediment into the sieve.
          8. Process the grab sample for either benthic community analysis or
             chemistry/toxicity testing as described below.
          9. Repeat  steps 4-8 until all samples are successfully collected. To  minimize the
             chance  of sampling the exact same location twice, the boat engines can be
             turned periodically to change the  drift of the boat,  or additional anchor line
             can be let out.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 52
                                       Acceptable grab
                                At leasl 7 cm deep with even surlace
                      Unacceptable grab                    Unacceptable grab
                       Sloping surface                     Insufficient volume
                      Unacceptable grab                     Ur>acceplable grab
                         Wash-put                           Overfilled

   Figure 12.11llustration of acceptable & unacceptable grabs for benthic community analysis. An acceptable
   grab is at least 7 cm in depth (using a 0.04m2 Van Veen sampler), but not oozing out of the top of the grab,
   and has a relatively level surface.

12.4 PROCESSING PROCEDURE - BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATE [BENT]
     COMPOSITION AND ABUNDANCE
   Grab samples obtained to assess the benthic macroinvertebrate community are processed
   as outlined below.

          1. Measure the depth of the sediment at the  middle of the sampler and record the
             value on the Sample Collection (Back) form. The depth should be >7 cm if
             possible (see previous section).
             •   Record descriptive information about the grab,  such as the presence or
                 absence of a surface floe, color and smell of surface sediments, and visible
                 fauna.
          2. Dump the sediment into a clean basin (plastic tub or bucket) and then into a
             0.5 mm mesh sieve. Place the sieve into a table (sieve box) containing water
             from the sampling station, a larger bucket, or place the sieve over the side of
             the boat.
             •   Gently agitate the sieve to wash away  sediments and leave organisms,
                 detritus, sand particles, and pebbles larger than 0.5 mm. This method
                 minimizes mechanical  damage to fauna that is common when forceful jets
                 of water are used to break up sediments.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 53

             •  A gentle flow of water over the sample is acceptable. Extreme care must
                be taken to assure that no sample is lost over the side of the sieve.
          3. Drain the water from the sieve and gently rinse the contents of the tray to one
             edge. Remove large non-living  items such as rocks and sticks after inspecting
             them and ensuring that all benthic organisms are included in the collection.
             •  Using either your fingers or a spoon, GENTLY scoop up the bulk of the
                sample and place it in the 1 L HOPE bottle (which should be placed in the
                sieve or a bucket in case some of the sample spills over).
          4. Complete the BENT sample label with Site ID,  date collected, visit number, and
             jar number. At marine sites, also write the salinity (in ppt) on the label.
          5. Attach the completed label to  the 1  L wide mouth sample bottle and cover
             with clear plastic tape.
          6. Rinse the outside of the sample jar into the sieve, then, using a funnel, rinse
             the contents into the jar. The jar should be filled no more than one-half full.
             •  If the quantity of sample exceeds 500 ml,  place the remainder of the
                sample in a second container with a "2 of 2" label. For samples with a large
                amount of benthos, additional jars may be needed.
          7. Use a pencil to fill out waterproof benthic infauna (BENT) label(s) with the
             pertinent sample information and place it inside the bottle(s). Be sure to
             include the sample ID and jar number.
          8. Record sample collection location and the total number of jars on the Sample
             Collection (Back) form.
          9. Carefully inspect the sieve to ensure that all organisms are removed. Use fine
             forceps (if necessary) to transfer fauna from the sieve to the bottle containing
             the proper sample number.
          10. A stained 100% percent buffered formalin solution is used to fix and preserve
             benthic samples. The solution should be mixed according to the directions in
             Table 4.1. 100 ml of the formalin should be added to each sample jar along
             with an additional teaspoon-full of borax to ensure saturation of the buffer.
             Rose Bengal stain is added to the stock formalin solution for use at all sites.
             •  Make sure that there is sufficient preservative to ensure everything gets
                preserved properly, then FILL THE JAR TO  THE RIM WITH
                SEAWATER/LAKEWATER TO ELIMINATE ANY AIR SPACE. This eliminates the
                problem of organisms sticking to the cap because of sloshing during
                shipment.
             •  Crews may choose to use a  more dilute formalin solution in larger
                quantities as long as the end concentration of the preservative is at least 6
                percent.
          11. After preservation, replace the bottle lid(s) and seal tightly with electrical
             tape. Gently rotate the bottle  to mix the contents and place in the dark.
             •  If the sample occupies more than one container, label all the sample
                bottles containing material from that grab together. All benthos jars from a
                single site will have the same sample ID number.
          12. Prior to sieving the sample at the next site, use copious amounts of forceful
             water and a stiff brush to clean the sieve, thereby minimizing cross-

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                            Page 54

             contamination of samples. Be sure to rinse the brush between each sieve
             cleaning.

12.5 PROCESSING PROCEDURE - SEDIMENT COMPOSITION, CHEMISTRY, AND
     TOXICITY
   In addition to grab samples collected for benthic community analysis, additional grabs are
   collected for chemical analyses (organics/metals and TOC), grain size determination, and
   for use in acute toxicity tests. The top two centimeters of these grabs are removed,
   homogenized, and split into these four sample types.

   The samples are removed and processed in the order described below.

          1.  As each grab is retrieved, carefully examine it to determine acceptability. The
             grab is considered acceptable as long as the surface layer is intact. The grab
             need not be greater than 7 cm in  depth for chemistry samples, but the other
             criteria outlined above apply (see Section 12.3 and Figure  12.1 above).
                •  Carefully drain off, or siphon, any overlying water, and remove and
                   discard large, non-living surface items such as rocks  or pieces of wood.
                   Remove any submerged aquatic vegetation (SAV) after recording its
                   presence on the Sample Collection (Back) form.
                Note: Great care must be taken to avoid contamination of this sample
                from atmospheric contaminants. The boat engine should be turned off or
                the boat maneuvered to ensure the exhaust is downwind. All containers,
                including the grab sampler, should be kept closed except when opening is
                necessary to  remove or add samples.
          2.  A clean stainless steel or Teflon spoon that has been washed with Alconox and
             rinsed with ambient sitewater is used to remove sediments from grab samples
             for these analyses.
          3.  Remove the top 2 cm of sediment using the stainless steel or Teflon spoon.
             Sediment which is in direct contact with the  sides of the sampler should be
             excluded as they may be contaminated from  the device.
                •  Place the sediment into a  pre-cleaned (washed with Alconox and rinsed
                   with ambient sitewater) stainless steel pot or bowl and place the pot in
                   a cooler on wet ice (NOT dry ice). The sample must be stored at 4°C,
                   and MUST NOT BE FROZEN.
          4.  Repeat obtaining sediment samples from  the grab and compositing the
             sediment in the same stainless pot/bowl until a sufficient quantity of sediment
             has been collected for all samples (approximately 3L at marine sites and 2L at
             Great Lakes sites).
                •  Stir sediment homogenate after every addition to the composite to
                   ensure adequate mixing. Keep the container covered and in the cooler
                   between grabs.
          5.  Record the location (zone) of the sediment collection on the Sample Collection
             (Back) form. If sediment was collected from more than one zone, fill in the
             bubble of the zone where the majority of the sediment was collected and

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                             Page 55

             describe the proportions of sediment collected from each zone in the
             comments section.
          6.  Homogenize the sediment by stirring with a Teflon paddle or stainless steel
             spoon for 10 minutes. Divide the composite into the four sample types listed
             below. In the case of limited sediment, prioritize sample distribution in the
             order listed.
             a) ORGANICS and METALS [SEDO]:
                    •   Complete the SEDO sample  label with Site ID, date collected, and
                       visit number.
                    •   Attach the completed label to the 120 ml (4 oz) glass sample jar
                       and cover with clear plastic tape.
                    •   Using a clean stainless steel spoon, carefully place approximately
                       100 ml of sediment into the jar. CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO ENSURE
                       THAT THE INSIDE OF THE JAR, CAP, AND THE SAMPLE IS NOT
                       CONTAMINATED. Be sure that you leave Vi inch headspace to avoid
                       breakage due to possible sample expansion from freezing.
                    •   Replace the lid and seal tightly with electrical tape, wrap the jar in
                       the provided foam sleeve to protect it from breakage, and place the
                       sample in a cooler with dry ice.
                    •   Record sample ID along with any comments on the Sample
                       Collection (Back) form.
                    •   Fill in the "frozen" bubble on the sample collection form to confirm
                       that the sample has been frozen.

             b) SEDIMENT TOXICITY [SEDX]:
                    •   Complete the SEDX sample label with Site ID, date collected, and
                       visit number.
                    •   Attach the completed label to the 0.6 gallon plastic sample bucket
                       and cover with clear plastic tape.
                    •   Using the stainless steel spoon, fill the bucket with sediment to
                       within about 1 inch from the rim (Preferred volume for marine sites
                       is 1800 mL; if that is not possible,  minimum volume required is 900
                       mL; for Great  Lakes sites, preferred volume is 900 mL, minimum
                       required is 400 mL).
                    •   Replace the lid and tighten  so that the locking mechanism engages
                       and holds the lid tightly closed.
                    •   Record sample ID along with any comments on the Sample
                       Collection (Back) form.
                    •   Place the sample on wet ice (NOT dry ice). The sample must be
                       stored at 4°C, and MUST NOT BE FROZEN.
                    •   Fill in the "chilled" bubble on the sample collection form to confirm
                       that the sample has been chilled.
             c) TOTAL ORGANIC CARBON [SEDC]:
                    •   Complete the SEDC sample  label with Site ID, date collected, and
                       visit number.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 56

                    •   Attach the completed label to the 60 ml glass sample jar and cover
                       with clear plastic tape.
                    •   Using a clean stainless steel spoon, place approximately 50 ml of
                       sediment into the jar.  Be sure that you leave 1/2 inch headspace to
                       avoid breakage due to possible sample expansion from freezing.
                    •   Replace the lid and seal tightly with electrical tape, wrap the jar in
                       the provided foam sleeve to protect it from breakage,  and place the
                       sample in a cooler with dry ice.
                    •   Record sample ID along with any comments on the Sample
                       Collection (Back) form.
                    •   Fill in the "frozen" bubble on the sample collection form to confirm
                       that the sample has been frozen.

             d) SEDIMENT GRAIN SIZE [SEDG]:
                    •   Complete the SEDG sample label with Site ID, date collected, and
                       visit number.
                    •   Attach the completed label to the inner quart sized plastic sample
                       bag and cover with clear plastic tape.
                    •   Using a clean stainless steel spoon, place approximately 100 ml of
                       sediment into the pre-labeled bag. Double bag the sample into a
                       second quart sized plastic bag, ensuring that the tops of both bags
                       are sealed tightly.
                    •   Record sample ID along with any comments on the Sample
                       Collection (Back) form.
                    •   Place the sample on wet ice (NOT dry ice). The sample must be
                       stored at 4°C, and MUST NOT BE FROZEN.
                    •   Fill in the "chilled" bubble on the sample collection form to confirm
                       that the sample has been chilled.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 57

13 FISH TISSUE COLLECTION

   Crews collect fish at all NCCA sites. At revisit sites, ecofish and fish plugs are only
   collected during visit 1. At Great Lakes revisit sites that are also human health fish tissue
   sites, crews that are unsuccessful at collecting the human health fish tissue sample during
   visit 1 are expected to attempt the collection of that sample during visit 2.  Labs analyze
   whole body  (also known as "ecological fish" or "ecofish") tissue samples for
   concentrations of organic and inorganic contaminants. The results provide information
   about the ecological risks to wildlife associated with fish consumption. Refer to Section
   13.1  for detailed information regarding ecofish collections.

   In addition to whole fish samples collected at all sites for ecological risk purposes, crews
   will also collect fish tissue plugs at all sites. These plugs can be taken from fish collected
   for the ecofish sample or crews can allow the fish to be released after the tissue plug
   sample is collected. The sample is analyzed for mercury concentrations and used to
   provide a measure of human health risk at all sites.  Refer to Section  13.2 for a detailed
   discussion of fish tissue plug collection.

   Finally, crews at 150 Great Lakes sites collect a fish tissue sample for human health
   contaminant analysis.  Refer to Section 13.3 for detailed information regarding samples
   collected for human health fish tissue contaminant analysis.

   When target fish are plentiful, crews in the Great Lakes will be able to submit specimens
   for both the ecofish and human health fish tissue collections. If specimens are less
   plentiful, crews may be able to split the sample between the two whole fish collection
   types and still meet the minimum criteria for each sample. In rare cases where only
   enough fish  are collected to fulfill the requirements of one of the samples, crews should
   submit the fish as the  ecofish sample and  mark the human health fish tissue sample as not
   collected.


13.1  ECOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION FISH TISSUE COLLECTION [FTIS]

13.1.1   SUMMARY OF METHOD
   Ecological Fish Tissue  collection protocols require crews to collect at least five individuals
   of the target species,  yielding a minimum of 300 g total mass from each site. These fish
   are to be collected within a 500 meter radius of the X-site (may expand to 1000 meters if
   needed - see below and Figure 5.2).  Crews may collect these samples using any
   reasonable method (e.g., otter trawl, hook and line, gill net, seine, etc.) that is most
   efficient and the best use of available time on station.

   For each attempted fish collection method,  record equipment details, start and stop
   times, and fishing location(s) on the Eco Fish Collection (Front) form. Record sample ID,
   species retained, and  specimen lengths on the Eco Fish Collection (Back) form.

   Secondary fish tissue collection zones for ecofish and/or fish plugs may be selected up to
   an additional 500 m beyond the original 500 m radius at all estuarine and Great Lakes
   sites. Please observe the following guidelines:

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 58

          1.  In order to move to a secondary fish tissue collection zone, crews must be
             unsuccessful at obtaining target fish during a reasonable portion of the three
             hours allotted to fishing (at least 30 minutes and no more than two hours)
             within the original 500 m radius.
          2.  The crew must have attempted several sampling locations within the 500 m
             radius without success.
          3.  Crews must observe signs of fish presence such as schools of bait fish just
             below the surface, predator activity or prey escape behavior on  the surface of
             the water, overhead shading or favorable underwater habitat structure or
             bathymetric features within an additional 500 m from the X-site.
          4.  When relocating outside of the original 500 m radius from the X-site, but inside
             of the 1000 m radius of the X-site, crews must document:
             a) The amount of time spent fishing within the original 500-meter radius.
             b) The direction of travel from the X-site.
             c) The coordinates of the site where fish were  ultimately caught.
          5.  For collection of the human health fish tissue sample ONLY (if applicable),
             crews may move out to a maximum of 1500 meters from the X-site in an effort
             to collect this sample.

   Crews working in each of the regional areas— Northeast, Southeast, Gulf, West Coast, and
   Great Lakes —collect different target fish species based on biogeographically specific lists.
   Recommended Primary and Secondary target species are given by region in  the following
   tables:

       •  Northeast-Table 13.2
       •  Southeast-Table 13.3
       •  Gulf of Mexico - Table 13.4
       •  West-Table 13.5
       •  Great Lakes - Table 13.6

   If a full composite sample is not collected after 3 hours of effort, crews may terminate
   the sampling, record the details of the sample, and submit as many fish as  possible. If the
   target species are unavailable, the fisheries biologist selects an alternative available
   species (i.e., a species that is commonly present in the study area and in sufficient
   numbers to yield a composite) to obtain a fish composite sample. However, all attempts
   should be made to collect the targeted species if at all possible. Regardless of the species
   that is ultimately collected, all fish in the composite MUST be of the same species.

   Crews may spend additional time fishing (i.e. more than three hours) if desired. It is not
   recommended that crews purchase fish specimens dockside unless they can document that
   the purchased fish came from an area in close proximity to the X-site (i.e. within 1000
   meters).

   Crews identify specimens to species and measure the total length to the nearest
   millimeter. They record the taxonomic name (genus-species) and the length of each fish
   on the Eco Fish Collection  (Back) form. The preferred minimum length for a specimen for
   ecological risk purposes is 100 mm with a preferred length range of 100 - 400 mm. All
   individuals must be of similar size, such that the smallest individual in the composite is no

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                                                         Field Operations Manual
                                                                                        Page 59
    less than 75% of the total length of the largest individual. Up to 20 individuals (a total of
    300 g of whole body tissue is needed) should be collected and retained for analysis. If it is
    suspected that 20 individuals will yield less than 300 g total weight, additional specimens
    should be collected. The lengths of any additional fish should be recorded in the blank
    space provided.

13.1.2  EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES

Table 13.1 Equipment ft supplies: eco fish tissue collection
For collecting fish
composite sample
                     scientific collection permit
                     Otter trawl (or other device to collect sufficient sample)
                     sampling vessel (including boat, motor, trailer, oars, gas, and all required safety
                        equipment) Coast Guard-approved personal flotation devices
                     Global Positioning System (GPS) unit
                     nitrile gloves
                     livewell and/or buckets
                     measuring board (millimeter scale)
                     scale (in grams)
                     wooden bat
For storing and
preserving fish
composite sample
For documenting the
fish composite
sample
For shipping the fish
composite samples
                     self-sealing bag(s) (plastic, 2 gallon)
                     large plastic (composite) bags
                     self-sealing bag(s) (sandwich size) — for labels cooler
                     plastic cable tie
                     dry ice or wet ice (for temporary transport)
                     side cutter (cleaned with Alconox between sites)
                     Eco Fish Collection form
                     fish tissue sample labels
                     pencils (for data forms)
                     fine-tipped indelible markers (for labels)
                     Tyvek label tag with grommet
                     clear tape strips
                     Tracking: Eco Fish Tissue — Overnight (Dry Ice) form
                     FedEx airbill (pre-addressed)
                     cooler
                     dry ice (~20 Ibs per cooler)
                     packing/strapping tape

13.1.3  SAMPLING PROCEDURE
    The procedures for collecting and processing ecological fish composite samples are
    presented below. If fish plugs are to be collected from specimens in the ecofish
    collection, complete the steps in Section 13.2 before packaging the ecofish collection.

    Note: Do not handle any food, drink, sunscreen, or insect repellant until after the
    composite sample has been collected, measured and bagged (or implement measures to
    reduce contamination by such chemicals if applied such as washing, wearing long gloves,
    etc.)
           1.  Put on clean nitrile gloves before handling the fish.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 60

          2.  Rinse potential target species/individuals in ambient water to remove foreign
              material from the external surface and place them in clean holding containers
              (e.g., livewells, buckets).
          3.  Select at least five fish, with a minimum total weight of 300 grams, to include
              in the eco fish composite. If needed, 20 or more fish may be composited to
              reach the minimum weight of 300 grams. The selected fish must meet the
              following criteria:

                 •   all fish are of the same species.
                 •   the preferred specimen length is between 100 and 400 mm; if after
                    sufficient fishing only smaller or larger fish of the target species are
                    available, those will be accepted.
                 •   all fish are of similar size, so that the smallest individual in a composite
                    is no less than 75% of the total length of the largest individual.
                 •   all fish for one site visit are collected as close to the same time as
                    possible, but no more than one week apart.
                 Note: Individual fish may have to be frozen until all fish to be included in
                 the composite are available for delivery to the designated laboratory.

          4.  Identify the fish to species and record the scientific name on the Eco Fish
              Collection (Back) form.
                 Note: Accurate  taxonomic identification is essential in assuring and
                 defining the composited organisms submitted for analysis.  Individuals from
                 different species may not be composited in a single sample. Submit only
                 one species per site.
          5.  Measure  each individual fish from the anterior-most part of the fish to the tip
              of the longest caudal fin ray (when the lobes of the caudal fin are depressed
              dorsoventrally) to determine total body length in millimeters.
          6.  Record collection method and equipment details, start and  stop times, and
              fishing location(s) on the Eco Fish Collection (Back) form. Record sample ID,
              species name and specimen lengths on the Eco Fish Collection (Back) form.
              Make sure the sample ID recorded on the collection form match those on the
              sample labels.
          7.  While wearing clean nitrile gloves, remove each fish retained for analysis from
              the clean holding container(s). Dispatch larger fish using a clean wooden bat
              (or equivalent wooden device).
          8.  Place all fish from the  composite in a two-gallon self-sealing bag. Take care to
              prevent fish spines from  piercing the bag. If spines are likely to puncture the
              bag, break off or clip the spines with a side-cutter or other appropriate tool
              (cleaned with Alconox  and rinsed with ambient sitewater before use at each
              site) and place the spine in the bag with the fish. Use additional bags if all the
              fish collected for a composite will not fit in a single two-gallon bag.
          9.  Weigh the composite bag(s) to determine if enough  fish have been collected to
              reach a minimum weight of 300 grams.
          10. Prepare interior and exterior FTIS sample labels for the two-gallon bag(s),
              ensuring that the label information matches the information recorded on the

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 61

             Eco Fish Collection (Back) form. Be sure to record scientific name and
             minimum and maximum lengths on the labels.
                •   Place the interior label inside a small (sandwich-size) self-sealing bag
                    and place the bag inside the two-gallon bag with the fish composite.
                •   Affix the exterior label to the two-gallon bag and cover with clear
                    plastic tape. If additional two-gallon bags are used, fill out extra labels
                    with the same sample ID and information for each bag and label
                    accordingly (i.e.  bag 2 of 2).
          11. Double-bag all specimens in the composite  by placing all two-gallon bag(s) from
             the site inside a large plastic bag.
          12. Prepare a sample label for the outer bag, ensuring that the label information
             matches the information recorded on the Eco Fish Collection (Back) form. Be
             sure to record scientific name and  minimum and maximum lengths on the
             sample label.
          13. Affix the sample label to a Tyvek tag and cover with clear plastic tape. Thread
             a cable tie  through the grommet in the Tyvek tag  and seal the outer bag with
             the cable tie.

13.1.4   SAMPLE STORAGE AND SHIPPING PREPARATION
          1.  After the sample is packaged, immediately place it on dry ice for shipment.
             •  Fill in the "frozen" bubble on the Eco Fish Collection (Back) form to
                confirm that the sample has been frozen.
             •  Packaged  samples may be placed on wet ice in coolers if they will be
                transported to a laboratory or other interim facility to be frozen before
                shipment.
             •  Samples may be stored on wet ice for a maximum of 24 hours.
             •  Freeze the samples within 24 hours of collection at <-20°C and store the
                frozen samples until shipment within 2 weeks of sample collection. Crews
                may ship the frozen fish sample along with the other frozen samples from
                the site using a cooler with a dry ice insert or may ship the ecofish
                separately. Frozen samples should be packed  on at least 20 pounds of
                layered dry ice and shipped to the batched sample lab via priority overnight
                delivery service.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
               Page 62
Table 13.2 Northeast region primary and secondary marine target species - whole body fish tissue collection
(Ecofish)
NC
FAMILY


Moronidae
Paralichthyidae
Pleuronectidae
•

Sparidae
NOR
• JHIII
Achiridae
Anguillidae
Atherinopsidae
Batrachoididae
Ephippidae
Moronidae
Mugulidae
Pomatomidae
•

Serranidae
Triakidae
Triglidae

IRTHEAST REGION PRIMARY E
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Ameiurus catus
Ictalurus punctatus
Morone americana
Paralichthys dentatus
Pseudopleuronectes americanus
Cynoscion regalis
Sciaenops ocellatus
Stenotomus chrysops
THEAST REGION SECONDARY
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Trinectes maculatus
Anguilla rostrata
Menidia menidia
Opsanus tau
Chaeto dip terus faber
Morone saxatilis
Mugil cephalus
Pomatomus saltatrix
Bairdiella chrysoura
Menticirrhus saxatilis
Centropristis striata
Mustelus canis
Prionotus carolinus
Prionotus evolans
COFISH TARGET SPECIES
COMMON NAME
White catfish
Channel catfish
White perch
Summer flounder
Winter flounder
Gray weakfish
Red drum
Scup
ECOFISH TARGET SPECIES
COMMON NAME
Hogchoaker
American eel
Atlantic silverside
Oyster toadfish
Atlantic spadefish
Rock fish
Black mullet
Bluefish
Silver perch
Northern kingfish
Black sea bass
Smooth dogfish
Northern searobin
Striped searobin

FISH PLUG LIST*
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary



Secondary



Secondary

Secondary






 ' Indicates whether species also occurs in the primary or secondary fish plug list (see Table 13.8).
Table 13.3 Southeast region primary and secondary marine target species - whole body fish tissue collection
(Ecofish)

axmvm
' 	 '
Ariidae
Paralichthyidae
Sciaenidae
Sparidae


UTHEAST REGION PRIMARY ECOFISH TARGET SPECIES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
BSrtTAyAitifUnTT^I
FISH PLUG LIST*
Ariopsisfelis I Hardhead sea catfish | Primary
Bagre marinus
Paralichthys albigutta
Paralichthys dentatus
Paralichthys lethostigma
Cynoscion arenarius
Cynoscion nebulosus
Cynoscion regalis
Leiostomus xanthurus
Lagodon rhomboides
Gafftopsail sea catfish
Gulf flounder
Summer flounder
Southern flounder
Sand weakfish (or seatrout)
Speckled trout
Gray weakfish
Spot croaker
Pinfish
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary

THEAST REGION SECONDARY ECOFISH TARGET SPECIES
SCIENTIFIC NAME
^^Jyfy^^ 1 L riTMl ^^H
FISH PLUG LIST*
Cichlidae Tilapia mariae \ Spotted tilapia
Haemulidae
Sciaenidae
Serranidae
Haemulon aurolineatum
Bairdiella chrysoura
Menticirrhus americanus
Centropristis striata
Tomtate
Silver perch
Southern kingfish
Black sea bass




 ' Indicates whether species also occurs in the primary or secondary fish plug list (see Table 13.8).

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
               Page 63
Table 13.4 Gulf region primary and secondary marine target species - whole body fish tissue collection (Ecofish)
GULF REGION PRIMARY ECOFISH TARGET SPECIES

Ariidae
Paralichthyidae
Sciaenidae
Sparidae
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Ariopsisfelis
Bagre marinus
Paralichthys albigutta
Pamlichthys dentatus
Paralichthys lethostigma
Cynoscion arenarius
Cynoscion nebulosus
Cynoscion regalis
Leiostomus xanthurus
Micropogonias undulatus
Sciaenops ocellatus
Lagodon rhomboides
COMMON NAME FISH PLUG LIST*
Hardhead sea catfish
Gafftopsail sea catfish
Gulf flounder
Summer flounder
Southern flounder
Sand weakfish (orseatrout)
Speckled trout
Gray weakfish
Spot croaker
Atlantic croaker
Red drum
Pinfish
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary

GULF REGION SECONDARY ECOFISH TARGET SPECIES

Carangidae
Diodontidae
Gerreidae
Haemulidae
Ictaluridae
Lepisosteidae
Lutjanidae
Sciaenidae
Serranidae
Triglidae
SCIENTIFIC NAME
COMMON NAME FISH PLUG LIST*
Caranx hippos Crevallejack
Chloroscombrus chrysurus
Chilomycterus schoepfii
Eucinostomus gula
Orthopristis chrysoptera
Ictalurus furcatus
Lepisosteus oculatus
Lutjanus griseus
Pogonias cromis
Di plectrum formosum
Prionotus scitulus
Atlantic bumper
Burrfish
Silver jenny
Pigfish
Blue catfish
Spotted gar
Gray snapper
Black drum
Sand perch
Leopard searobin











 ' Indicates whether species also occurs in the primary or secondary fish plug list (see Table 13.8).

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
               Page 64
Table 13.5 Western region primary and secondary marine target species - whole body fish tissue collection
(Ecofish)
v\

Atherinopsidae


Cynoglossidae


Gasterosteidae

Paralichthyidae





Sciaenidae




Echinodermata/
Toxopneustidae


Chimaeridae
Embiotocidae
Paralichthyidae




Sciaenidae
/ESTERN REGION PRIMARY EC
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Atherinops affinis
Leptocottus armatus
Oligocottus rimensis
Symphurus atricaudus
Cymatogaster aggregate!
Embiotoca lateralis
Gasterosteus aculeatus
Paralichthys californicus
Citharichthys sordidus
Citharichthys stigmaeus
Isopsetta isolepis
Parophrys vetulus
Psettichthys melanostictus
Platichthys stellatus
Genyonemus lineatus
Paralabrax nebulifer
Paralabrax maculatofasciatus

SCIENTIFIC NAME
Tripneustes gratilla
(Hawaii ONLYJ
Porichthys notatus
Porichthys myriaster
Hydrolagus colliei
Amphistichus argenteus
Xystreurys liolepis
Pleuronichthys guttulatus
Micmstomus pacificus
Lepidopsetta bilineata
Lyopsetta exilis
Umbrina roncador
OFISH TARGET SPECIES
COMMON NAME
Topsmelt silverside
Pacific staghorn sculpin
Saddleback sculpin
California tonguefish
Shiner perch
Striped seaperch
Three-spined stickleback
California flounder
Pacific sanddab
Speckled sanddab
Butter sole
English sole
Pacific sand sole
Starry flounder
White croaker
Barred sand bass
Spotted sand bass
COFISH TARGET SPECIES

Collector urchin
Plainfin midshipman
Specklefin midshipman
Spotted ratfish
Barred surfperch
Fantail sole
Diamond turbot
Dover sole
Rock sole
Slender sole
Yellowfin croaker

FISH PLUG LIST*

Primary


Primary
Primary

Primary
Primary
Primary

Primary

Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
^m i
FISH PLUG LIST*




Secondary

Secondary
Secondary



* Indicates whether species also occurs in the primary or secondary fish plug list (see Table 13.8).

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
               Page 65
Table 13.6 Great Lakes primary and secondary target species - whole body fish tissue collection (Ecofish)

FAMILY SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME
Catostomidae
Centrarchidae
Cottidae
Cyprinidae
Esocidae
Gasterosteidae
Gobiidae
Ictaluridae
Gadidae
Moronidae
Osmeridae
Percidae
Percopsidae
Salmonidae
Sciaenidae
Moxostoma macrolepidotum Shorthead redhorse
Ambloplites rupestris
Lepomis qibbosus
Lepomis macrochirus
Micropterus dolomieu
Pomoxis annularis
Pomoxis niqromaculatus
Cottus bairdii
Cottus coqnatus
Couesius plumbeus
Cyprinus carpio
Pimephales notatus
Esox lucius
Esox masquinonqy
Gasterosteus aculeatus
Neoqobius melanostomus
Proterorhinus marmoratus
Ameiurus nebulosus
Ictalurus punctatus
Noturus flavus
Lota lota
Morone americana
Morone chrysops
Osmerus mordax
Gymnocephalus cernuus
Perca flavescens
Percina caprodes
Sander canadensis
Sander vitreus
Percopsis omiscomaycus
Coreqonus artedi
Coreqonus dupeaformis
Oncorhynchus qorbuscha
Oncorhynchus kisutch
Oncorhynchus mykiss
Oncorhynchus tshawytscha
Salvelinus namaycush
Aplodinotus qrunniens
Rock bass
Pumpkinseed
Bluegill
Smallmouth bass
White crappie
Black crappie
Mottled sculpin
Slimy sculpin
Lake chub
Common carp
Bluntnose minnow
Northern pike
Muskellunge
Three-spined stickleback
Round goby
Tubenose goby
Brown bullhead
Channel catfish
Stonecat
Burbot
White perch
White bass
American/ rainbow smelt
Ruffe
Yellow perch
Logperch
Sauger
Walleye
Trout-perch
Cisco/ lake herring
Lake whitefish
Pink salmon
Coho salmon
Rainbow trout
Chinook salmon
Lake trout
FISH PLUG LIST*
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary





Primary

Primary
Primary



Primary
Primary

Primary
Primary
Primary


Primary


Primary


Primary

Primary
Primary
Primary
Primary
Freshwater drum Primary
GREAT LAKES SECONDARY ECOFISH TARGET SPECIES
FAMILY SCIENTIFIC NAME
Catostomidae
Centrarchidae
Clupeidae
Cyprinidae
Esocidae
Fundulidae
Ictaluridae
Salmonidae
WSSSSSSmSSSSSSSII!^^^^^
Catostomus commersonii
Moxostoma anisurum
Micropterus salmoides
Alosa pseudoharenqus
Dorosoma cepedianum
Cyprinella spiloptera
Luxilus cornutus
Notropis stramineus
Esox niqer
Fundulus diaphanus
Fundulus maialis
Ameiurus melas
Prosopium cylindraceum
Sal mo trutta
Salvelinus fontinalis
Salvelinus fontinalis x namaycush
COMMON NAME FISH PLUG LIST*
IBm!E!!|Sffl£!^^^^H
White sucker
Silver redhorse
Largemouth bass
Alewife
American gizzard shad
Spotfin shiner
Common shiner
Sand shiner
Chain pickerel
Banded killifish
Striped killifish
Black bullhead
Round whitefish
Brown trout
Brook trout
Splake

Secondary












Secondary


 ' Indicates whether species also occurs in the primary or secondary fish plug list (see Table 13.9).

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                  Page 66

13.2  FISH TISSUE PLUG [FPLG]

13.2.1  SUMMARY OF METHOD
    Because many fish spend their entire life in a particular water body, they can be
    important indicators of water quality, especially for toxic pollutants (e.g., pesticides and
    trace elements). Toxic pollutants, which may be present in the water column or
    sediments at concentrations below our analytical detection limits, can be found in fish
    tissue above detection limits due to  bioaccumulation.

    Typical fish tissue collection methods require the fish to be sacrificed, whether it be a
    whole fish or a skin-on fillet tissue sample. This can be problematic when there is a  need
    to collect large trophy-sized fish for contaminant analysis or when a large sample size is
    necessary for statistical analysis. The following method  collects fish tissue plugs instead of
    a  skin-on fillet. One fish tissue plug for mercury analysis will be collected from each of
    two fish of the same species (one plug per fish) from the target list (below) at every site.
    These fish are collected during the ecological fish tissue collection effort (Sections 13.1
    and 13.3). In order of preference, fish tissue plugs should be collected from 1) an
    ecological fish specimen that will  be sent to the  lab (when size and species requirements
    overlap), or 2) a live fish that will be released after the plug has been collected. When
    possible, select larger individuals from which to collect  the fish plugs.  Do not collect fish
    plugs from specimens that are part of the human health fish tissue sample collection. A
    tissue plug sample is collected by inserting a biopsy punch into a de-scaled area of dorsal
    muscle section of a fish. After the plug has been collected, ecofish specimens are frozen
    according to the protocol  in Section  13.1; if a plug is collected from a live fish, antibiotic
    salve is placed over the wound and the fish is released.

13.2.2  EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
    Table 13.7 lists  the equipment and supplies necessary for field crews to collect fish
    tissue plug samples. Record the fish  tissue plug sampling data in the Fish Tissue Plug
    Samples section  of the Eco Fish Collection (Back) form.
    Table 13,7 Equipment & supplies: fish tissue plugs

    For fish tissue plug       antibiotic salve
    samples                cooler with dry ice
                           cooler with wet ice
                           dip net
                           biopsy punch (sterile, disposable)
                           fish collection gear  (trawl, nets, livewell, etc.)
                           disposable forceps (sterile)
                           glass scintillation vial (20 niL)
                           nitrile gloves
                           measuring board
                           aspirator bulb
                           scale (in grams)
                           scalpel (disposable,  sterile)
    For recording           Eco Fish Collection (Back) form
    measurements          fish tissue plug sample labels
                           pencils (for data forms)
                           fine-tipped indelible markers (for labels)
                           clear tape strips

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                Page 67

13.2.3  SAMPLING PROCEDURE
   The fish tissue plug indicator samples will be collected using the same gear and
   procedures used to collect the ecological and/or human health fish tissue samples, and
   collection occurs within the same area as other fish collections. Samples should be taken
   from the species listed in the target list (primary and secondary species) found in Table
   13.8 and Table  13.9. When ecofish specimens meet the size and species requirements for
   fish plug samples,  the plugs should be taken from the ecofish prior to placing on ice. If
   ecofish specimens do not meet the size and species requirement for fish plugs, fish plugs
   should be taken  from live fish and the fish are released with antibiotic salve on the
   wound, as in step 14 below. If the recommended primary and secondary species are
   unavailable, the fisheries biologist will select an alternative species (i.e., a species that is
   commonly consumed in the study area, with specimens of harvestable or consumable size)
   to obtain a sample from the species that are available. If a  listed species is unavailable,
   aim to collect fish in the following order: 1)  those that are consumed by humans; 2)
   predatory fish; and 3) other available fish species. In no instance should fish plugs be
   removed from specimens submitted for the human health fish tissue sample.

   In order of preference, crews should try to submit species from  1) the Primary Target List;
   2) the Secondary Target List; and 3) any other available fish. It is recognized that there
   are species not on these  lists that may be culturally or regionally important food sources,
   essential to subsistence fishers or increasingly popular among food trends. For these
   reasons, the guidance for selecting species for fish plug samples is purposefully inclusive.

   Please note: There are no invertebrate organisms on this list with the exception of sea
   urchins for Hawaii. Crab, shrimp, molluscs,  lobsters, etc., will not be used in assessment
   of mercury content in fish plugs. If invertebrate species are submitted for FPLG samples,
   those data will be reported as MISSING for the associated sites.

   The procedures for collecting and processing fish plug samples are presented below.

          1.   Spread out a cooler liner bag on a flat surface for your workspace.
          2.   Prepare the FPLG sample label with Site ID, date collected, and visit number.
          3.  Attach the completed label to the 20 milliliter scintillation vial and cover with
             clear tape.
          4.   Put on clean nitrile gloves before handling the fish.
                 Note: Do not handle any food, drink, sunscreen, or insect repellent until
                 after the plug samples have been collected (or implement measures to
                 reduce contamination by such chemicals if applied such as washing,
                 wearing long gloves, etc.).
          5.   Rinse potential target species/individuals in ambient water to remove any
             foreign material from the external surface and place in clean holding
             containers (e.g.,  livewells, buckets). Return non-target fishes or small
              specimens to the water.
          6.   Retain two individuals of the same target species from each site. The fish
              should be:

              •   large enough  to collect a fish plug yielding ~ 0.5 grams (wet weight) of
                 tissue,

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                Page 68

              •   on the recommended primary or secondary target list (if not available
                 select an alternative species present),
              •   both the same species,
              •   both satisfy legal requirements of harvestable size (or weight) for the
                 sampled water body, or at least be of consumable size and
              •   of similar size, so that the smaller individual is no less than 75% of the total
                 length of the larger individual.
                 Note: Whenever possible, larger specimens should be selected over smaller
                 specimens.

          7.  Remove one fish  retained for analysis from the clean holding container(s) (e.g.,
              livewell) using clean nitrile gloves.
          8.  Measure the fish  to determine total body length. Measure total length of the
              specimen in millimeters from the anterior-most part of the fish to the tip of
              the longest caudal fin ray (when the lobes of the caudal fin are depressed
              dorsoventrally).
          9.  Weigh the fish in grams using the fish  weigh scale.
          10. Note  any anomalies (e.g., lesions, cuts, sores, tumors, fin erosion) observed on
              the fish.
          11. Record sample ID, species, and specimen length  and weight in the Fish Tissue
              Plug Samples section of the Eco Fish Collection  (Back) form. Make sure  the
              sample ID numbers and specimen numbers/lengths that are recorded on  the
              collection form match  those on the sample tracking form and labels, where
              applicable.
          12. On a  meaty portion of  the left side, dorsal area of the fish between the  dorsal
              fin and the  lateral line, clear a small area of scales with a sterile disposable
              scalpel.
          13. Wearing clean nitrile gloves, insert the 8 millimeter biopsy punch into the
              dorsal muscle of  the fish through  the scale-free area. The punch is inserted
              with a slight twisting motion cutting the skin and muscle tissue. Once full depth
              of the punch is achieved, a slight bending or tilting of the punch is needed to
              break off the end of the sample. Remove biopsy punch taking care to ensure
              sample remains in the  punch.
                 Note: The full depth of the punch should be filled with muscle tissue,
                 which should result in collecting a minimum  of 0.25 to 0.35 grams of fish
                 tissue for mercury  analysis.

          14. If the fish is to be released, apply a generous amount of antibiotic salve  to the
              plug area and gently return the fish to the water. If the fish is part of the
              ecofish collection, return the fish to the ecofish  holding area without the
              application  of antibiotic.
          15. Using an aspirator bulb placed on the  end of the biopsy punch, give a quick
              squeeze, blowing the tissue sample into the 20 milliliter scintillation vial.
          16. Place the vial with sample immediately on dry ice for temporary storage.
          17. Repeat steps 2-15 for the second fish, to collect a second fish plug sample.
              Place the second plug in the same scintillation vial as the first. The two  plugs

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                Page 69

              should provide at least 0.5 grams of tissue. NOTE: If two qualifying fish cannot
              be caught, both plugs may be taken from the same fish.
          18. Replace the lid and seal tightly with electrical tape, insert the vial into the
              "bubble bag" to protect it from breakage, and then place it into the 4 by 4 self-
              sealing bag. Place the sample in a cooler with dry ice
          19. Dispose of gloves,  scalpel, and biopsy punch.
13.2.4  SAMPLE STORAGE
          1.   Keep the samples frozen on dry ice or in a freezer at <-20°C until shipment.
          2.   Frozen samples will subsequently be packed on dry ice and shipped to the
              batched sample laboratory via priority overnight delivery service within 1
              week. Please see Appendix C: Shipping and Tracking Guidelines for next
              steps.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
               Page 70
Table 13.8 Primary and secondary marine target species for fish plug collection
F



Cottidae




Moronidae








Pleuronectidae



Sciaenidae





Sparidae
SE
^MTn^^^l
Anguillidae




Moronidae
Paralichthyidae




Pomatomidae
Sciaenidae



Scorpaenidae



'RIMARY MARINE FISH PLUG TARGI
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Ariopsisfelis
Bagre marinus
Leptocottus armatus
Cymatogaster aggregate!
Embiotoca lateralis
Ameiurus catus
Ictalurus punctatus
Morone americana
Citharichthys sordidus
Citharichthys stigmaeus
Paralichthys albigutta
Paralichthys californicus
Paralichthys dentatus
Paralichthys lethostigma
Parophrys vetulus
Platichthys stellatus
Pseudopleuronectes americanus
Cynoscion arenarius
Cynoscion nebulosus
Cynoscion regalis
Genyonemus lineatus
Leiostomus xanthurus
Micropogonias undulatus
Sciaenops ocellatus
Paralabrax maculatofasciatus
Paralabrax nebulifer
Stenotomus chrysops
CONDARY MARINE FISH PLUG TAR
SCIENTIFIC NAME
An gu ill a rostrata
Amphistichus argenteus
Amphistichus rhodoterus
Embiotoca jacksoni
Hyperprosopon argenteum
Morone saxatilis
Hippoglossina oblonga
Hippoglossoides platessoides
Limandaferruginea
Microstomus pacificus
Pleuronichthys guttulatus
Pomatomus saltatrix
Menticirrhus undulatus
Scorpaena guttata
Sebastes caurinus
Sebastes entomelas
Sebastes flavidus
Sebastes melanops
Sebastes mystinus
Sebastes paucispinis
ET SPECIES
COMMON NAME
Hardhead sea catfish
Gafftopsail sea catfish
Pacific staghorn sculpin
Shiner perch
Striped seaperch
White catfish
Channel catfish
White perch
Pacific sanddab
Speckled sanddab
Gulf flounder
California flounder
Summer flounder
Southern flounder
English sole
Starry flounder
Winter flounder
Sand weakfish (orseatrout)
Speckled trout
Gray weakfish
White croaker
Spot croaker
Atlantic croaker
Red drum
Spotted sand bass
Barred sand bass
Scup
GET SPECIES
COMMON NAME
American eel
Barred surfperch
Redtail surfperch
Black perch
Walleye surfperch
Rock fish
Fourspot flounder
American dab
Yellowtail flounder
Dover sole
Diamond turbot
Blue fish
California whiting
California scorpionfish
Copper rockfish
Widow rockfish
Yellowtail rockfish
Black rockfish
Blue rockfish
Bocaccio

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
             Page 71

Serranidae
Triakidae
Paralabrax clathratus
Triakis semifasciata
Kelp bass
Leopard shark

Table 13.9 Primary and secondary Great Lakes target species for fish plug collection
PRIM,

Catostomidae




Cyprinidae




Gadidae






Salmonidae


Sciaenidae


Catostomidae
Ictaluridae
Salmonidae
ARY GREAT LAKES FISH PLUG TAR
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Moxostoma macrolepidotum
Ambloplites rupestris
Lepomis gibbosus
Lepomis macrochirus
Micropterus dolomieu
Cyprinus carpio
Esox lucius
Esox masquinongy
Ameiurus nebulosus
Ictalurus punctatus
Lota lota
Mo rone americana
Morone chrysops
Perca flavescens
Sander vitreus
Coregonus dupeaformis
Oncorhynchus kisutch
Oncorhynchus mykiss
Oncorhynchus tshawytscha
Salvelinus namaycush
Aplodinotus grunniens
DARY GREAT LAKES FISH PLUG TA
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Catostomus commersonii
Ictalurus furcatus
Sal mo trutta
GET SPECIES
COMMON NAME
Shorthead redhorse
Rock bass
Pumpkinseed
Bluegill
Smallmouth bass
Common carp
Northern pike
Muskellunge
Brown bullhead
Channel catfish
Burbot
White perch
White bass
Yellow perch
Walleye
Lake whitefish
Coho salmon
Rainbow trout
Chinook salmon
Lake trout
Freshwater drum
RGET SPECIES
COMMON NAME
White sucker
Blue catfish
Brown trout
13.3 HUMAN HEALTH FISH TISSUE COLLECTION [HTIS] (SELECT GREAT LAKES
     SITES ONLY)

13.3.1   SUMMARY OF METHOD
   Field crews collect human health fish tissue composites at a subset of 150 of the Great
   Lakes sites (30 sites per lake). These sites are designated with "FT" in the panel code. If
   a site has been designated as a human health fish tissue site and is dropped, the
   replacement site will take on the FT designation and human health fish tissue should be
   collected. At revisit sites that are also human health fish tissue sites, crews that are
   unsuccessful at collecting the human health fish tissue sample during visit 1 are expected
   to attempt the collection of that sample during visit 2.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 72

   Labs analyze fillet tissue for mercury, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), fatty acids,
   perfluorinated compounds (PFCs), and additional contaminants of emerging concern (e.g.,
   polybrominated diphenyl ethers or PBDEs).

   This section contains the sampling procedures and target species for human health fish
   tissue collection. Note that the human health fish species table (Table 13.11) includes  25
   primary target species and 18 secondary fish species. Field crews must attempt to collect
   a primary target species wherever possible. If primary target species are not available at a
   particular site, then the field crew collects a composite of one of the secondary fish
   species. In the event that a crew is unable to collect fish which are on the human health
   species list,  then the field crew should contact the Great Lakes Human Health Fish Tissue
   Manager.

   As with the ecological fish tissue samples, crews collect human health fish tissue samples
   using any reasonable method that represents the most efficient or best use of the
   available time on station (e.g., gill net, otter trawl,  or hook and line). However,  in
   contrast to the allowable procedures for ecological fish tissue samples, crews may not
   purchase fish for human health fish tissue collection. Record sample collection
   information  on the Human Health Fish Collection (Front) form.

   For each attempted fish collection method, record equipment details, start and stop
   times,  and fishing location(s) on the Human Health Fish Collection (Front) form. Record
   sample ID, species retained, and specimen lengths on the  Human Health Fish Collection
   (Back) form.

   Identify and measure the specimens collected for each composite. Record  the scientific
   name (genus and species) and total length for each specimen on the Human Health Fish
   Collection (Back) form. Human health fish composites should consist of 5 similarly sized
   (i.e., the total length of the smallest specimen is no less than 75% of the total length of
   the largest specimen) adult fish of the same species  that will collectively yield about 500
   g of fillet tissue. This translates to a total of about 20 ounces, or about 4 ounces  of fillets
   per fish (assuming collection of a 5-fish composite).  Field crews should make every effort
   to consistently obtain 5  fish for the human health fish tissue sample; however, a  sample of
   fewer than 5 fish is acceptable if it provides sufficient fillet tissue to meet the
   requirement (500 g). Conversely, for the exceptions  where field crews collect 5 fish that
   are too small to collectively meet the fillet tissue requirement, they should collect
   additional fish as necessary to provide adequate tissue.

   Fish submitted as part of the human health fish tissue sample should remain intact and  be
   submitted as whole specimens. Crews should not take fish plugs from  human  health fish
   tissue specimens.

13.3.2  EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
   Table 13.10 lists the equipment and supplies necessary for field crews to collect human
   health fish tissue samples. Additional human health fish collection supplies can be ordered
   through the  Supply Request Form. A list of frequently asked questions and responses will
   be provided with the fish sampling supplies to clarify situations that field crews may
   encounter while collecting human health fish composites.  Detailed procedures for
   collecting and processing fish composite samples are presented below.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                                                         Field Operations Manual
                                                                                       Page 73
Table 13.10 Equipment ft supplies: human health fish tissue collection
For collecting fish
composite sample
For storing and
preserving fish
composite sample
For documenting the
fish composite
sample
For shipping the fish
composite samples
                     scientific collection permit
                     gill net, otter trawl, hook and line (or other device to collect sufficient sample)
                     sampling vessel (including boat, motor, trailer, oars, gas, and safety equipment)
                     nitrile gloves
                     Coast Guard-approved personal floatation devices
                     Global Positioning System (GPS)
                     livewell and/or buckets
                     measuring board (millimeters)
                     wooden bat
                     aluminum foil (solvent rinsed)
                     polyethylene tubing (food-grade)
                     large plastic (composite) bags
                     coolers
                     plastic cable ties
                     dry ice (for preservation) or wet ice (for temporary transport)
                     Human Health Fish Collection form
                     human health fish tissue sample labels
                     pencils (for data forms)
                     fine-tipped indelible markers (for labels)
                     Tyvek label tag with grommet
                     clear tape strips
                     Tracking: Human Health Whole Fish Sample — Overnight (Dry Ice) form
                     FedEx airbill (pre-addressed)
                     cooler
                     dry ice (50 Ibs per cooler)
                     packing/strapping tape

13.3.3  SAMPLING PROCEDURE
    Note:  Do not handle any food,  drink,  sunscreen,  or insect repellent until  after the
    composite sample has been collected, measured,  and wrapped (or implement measures to
    reduce contamination by such chemicals  if applied such as washing,  wearing long gloves,
    etc.).
           1.  Put on clean nitrile gloves  before handling the fish.
           2.  Rinse potential target species/individuals in ambient water to remove foreign
              material from the external surface and place them in clean holding containers
              (e.g., livewells,  buckets).
           3.  For each human health fish tissue sample composite, select five whole fish of
              adequate size to provide a total of 500 grams of fillet tissue. Criteria for
              inclusion in the human health fish tissue composite:
              a)  All fish are of the same primary target species or secondary fish species
                  (See Table 13.11)
                  Note: It is essential that field crews accurately identify the organisms
                  submitted for analysis. Do not submit organisms from different species in a
                  single sample.
              b)  All fish are adult fish; and
              c)  All fish are of similar size, so that the smallest individual in a composite is
                  no less than  75% of the total length of the largest individual.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 74

          4.  Measure each fish selected for the composite from the anterior-most part of
             the fish to the tip of the longest caudal fin ray (when the lobes of the caudal
             fin are depressed dorsoventrally) to determine total body length in millimeters.
          5.  On the Human Health Fish Collection (Back) form:
             •   Record the sample identification number.
             •   Fill in the circles verifying that all samples are of similar length and the
                 same species.
             •   Below the header, record species selected for analysis, specimen length
                 (total length in mm), and any relevant comments. Extra rows are provided
                 on the form in the event that additional specimens are collected to meet
                 the 500 gram fillet tissue requirement (refer to Frequently Asked
                 Questions for further clarification).
             •   Make sure the sample ID and specimen numbers recorded on the form
                 match those on the sample labels.

          6.  Wearing clean nitrile gloves, remove each fish selected for analysis from the
             clean holding container(s). Dispatch each fish using a clean wooden bat (or
             equivalent wooden device).
          7.  Wrap each whole fish in extra heavy-duty aluminum foil, with the dull side in
             contact with the fish (foil will be provided by EPA as solvent-rinsed, oven-
             baked sheets).
          8.  Prepare a sample label for each sample specimen, ensuring that the label
             information matches the information recorded on the Human Health Fish
             Collection (Back) form. Be sure to record the fish species and specimen
             length on each label.
          9.  Cut separate lengths of food grade tubing (provided by EPA)  long enough to
             contain each individual fish, allowing extra length  on each end to seal with
             cable ties. Place each foil-wrapped specimen into  the appropriate length of
             tubing. Seal the ends of each tube with a plastic cable tie. Attach the
             appropriate sample label to the  plastic tubing by wrapping clear tape around
             the label and then completely around the wrapped fish (so that the clear tape
             wraps over itself).
          10. Double-bag the entire set of specimens in the composite by placing all fish
             composited from the site inside a large plastic bag (provided by EPA). If
             additional bags are required for large fish specimens or fish samples, please use
             plastic bags of similar thickness as those provided by EPA.
          11. Prepare a Sample Identification Label for the outer bag, ensuring that the label
             information matches the information recorded on the Human Health Fish
             Collection (Back) form. Be sure to record fish species and specimen length
             range on the label.
          12. Affix the sample label to a composite bag tag (Tyvek tag) and cover with clear
             plastic tape. Thread a cable tie through the grommet in the tag and seal the
             outer bag with the cable tie.

13.3.4  SAMPLE STORAGE AND SHIPPING PREPARATION
          1.  After the sample is packaged, immediately place it on dry ice for shipment.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 75

            •   Packaged samples may be placed on wet ice in coolers if they will be
               transported to a laboratory or other interim facility to be frozen before
               shipment.
            •   Samples may be stored on dry ice for a maximum of 24 hours.
            •   If possible, keep all specimens designated for a particular composite in the
               same cooler for transport.
          2. Crews have two options for freezing and shipping fish tissue samples,
             depending on site logistics:
             a) Ship the samples via priority overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal
                Express), packed on dry ice, so that they arrive at the sample preparation
                laboratory within 24 hours from the time of sample collection. Do NOT ship
                on Fridays, Saturdays, or the day before federal holidays.  Samples must be
                packed on sufficient dry ice (50 pounds minimum, layered to ensure direct
                contact between fish and dry ice) to keep them frozen for up to 48 hours.
                Remember to record the  tracking number on the  sample tracking form
                before submitting it to the Information Management Center.
             b) Freeze  the samples within 24 hours of collection at <-20°C, and store the
                frozen samples until shipment within 2 weeks of sample collection. Frozen
                samples will subsequently be packed on  at least 50 pounds of layered dry
                ice and shipped to the sample preparation laboratory via priority overnight
                delivery service. Refer to reminders in option 2a  (above) about not shipping
                on Fridays, Saturdays, or the day before federal holidays and about
                including sample tracking numbers on tracking forms.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
               Page 76
Table 13.11 Primary and secondary Great Lakes target species for human health fish tissue collection
PRIMAF
FAMILY


Centrarchidae


Cyprinidae

Esocidae

Ictaluridae
Gadidae



Percidae









Sciaenidae
SECOND;









Centrarchidae



Ictaluridae





IY HUMAN HEALTH FISH TISSUE T/
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Ambloplites rupestris
Micropterus dolomieu
Micropterus salmoides
Pomoxis annularis
Pomoxis nigromaculatus
Cyprinus carpi o
Esox lucius
Esox masquinongy
Esox niger
Ictalurus punctatus
Lota lota
Morone americana
Morone chrysops
Perca flavescens
Sander canadensis
Sander vitreus
Coregonus clupeaformis
Oncorhynchus gorbuscha
Oncorhynchus kisutch
Oncorhynchus tshawytscha
Oncorhynchus mykiss
Salmo salar
Sal mo trutta
Salvelinus namaycush
Aplodinotus grunniens
\RY HUMAN HEALTH FISH TISSUE 1
SCIENTIFIC NAME
Carpiodes cyprinus
Catostomus catostomus
Catostomus commersonii
Hypentelium nigracans
Ictiobus cyprinellus
Ictiobus niger
Lepomis cyanellus
Lepomis gibbosus
Lepomis gulosus
Lepomis macrochirus
Lepomis megalotis
Ameiurus melas
Ameiurus natalis
Ameiurus nebulosus
Coregonus artedi
Coregonus hoyi
Prosopium cylindraceum
Salvelin us font in alis
^RGET SPECIES
COMMON NAME
Rock bass
Smallmouth bass
Largemouth bass
White crappie
Black crappie
Common carp
Northern pike
Muskellunge
Chain pickerel
Channel catfish
Burbot
White perch
White bass
Yellow perch
Sauger
Walleye
Lake whitefish
Pink salmon
Coho salmon
Chinook salmon
Rainbow trout
Atlantic salmon
Brown trout
Lake trout
Freshwater drum
FARGET SPECIES
COMMON NAME
Quillback
Longnose sucker
White sucker
Northern hogsucker
Bigmouth buffalo
Black buffalo
Green Sunfish
Pumpkinseed
Warmouth
Bluegill
Longear Sunfish
Black bullhead
Yellow bullhead
Brown bullhead
Cisco/ lake herring
Bloater
Round whitefish
Brook trout

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                            Field Operations Manual
                                         Page 77
14 FINAL SITE ACTIVITIES
   After sampling, crews complete a visual site assessment and, upon return to the launching
   location, the field crew must perform a post-measurement calibration check of the multi-
   parameter sonde, review all data forms and labels, inspect samples, complete tracking
   forms, ship or store samples, submit tracking forms, submit data forms, clean sampling
   equipment, and inventory supplies. Activities described in this section are summarized in
   Figure 14.1.
                          COMPLETE SITE
                           ASSESSMENT
       REVIEW DATA FORMS
          (Crew Leader)
      •  Completeness
      •  Accuracy
      •  Legibility
      •  Flags/Comments
      REVIEW SAMPLE LABELS
          (Crew Leader)
     • Completeness
     • Accuracy
     • Legibility
     • Cross-check with forms
      PACK EQUIPMENT AND
     SUPPLIES FOR TRANSPORl
  FILTER, PRESERVE, &
    INSPECT SAMPLES
   Complete
   Sealed
   Ice packs
   Packed for transport
  INSPECT BOAT, MOTOR,
  TRAILER, AND NETS FOR
 PRESENCE OF PLANT AND
  ANIMAL MATERIAL, AND
   CLEAN THOROUGHLY
LOAD BOAT ONTO TRAILED
 CLEAN UP LAUNCH SITE
   AND STAGING AREA
                     >    LEAVE SITE   *
                        COMMUNICATIONS
         SHIP SAMPLES
   Figure 14.1 Final site activities summary

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 78


14.1 GENERAL SITE ASSESSMENT
   After sampling, complete the Site Assessment (Front) form which is a template for
   recording pertinent field observations. Record all observations from the site that were
   noted during the course of the visit. The Site Assessment (Front) form is by no means
   comprehensive, and crews are encouraged to record any additional pertinent observations
   in the General Assessment section.

14.1.1   SHORELINE ACTIVITIES AND DISTURBANCES
   Rank shoreline activities and disturbances at the site. Consider only the shoreline that is
   ecologically significant to, adjacent to, and visible from the X-site. Do not consider the
   shoreline that is not in the same estuary, waterbody and/or embayment as the X-site. If
   the shore cannot be seen from the X-site (due to weather conditions or distance), note in
   the comments section the reason that the shoreline assessment was not possible.  If an
   activity or disturbance is present, fill in the appropriate bubble: "L" for low, "M" for
   medium or "H" for high indicating the level of each.

   Note: If an activity or disturbance is not observed, do not fill in any bubble. Also be sure
   to fill in the 'super bubble' at the top the activities and disturbances section to verify
   that blank fields indicate absence of the specific type of activity or disturbance.

14.1.2   SITE CHARACTERISTICS
   Record the general characteristics of the site. When assessing site characteristics, look at
   a 200 m radius around the X-site. Rank the site on a scale of 1 to 5, with 1 indicating
   "pristine" or "appealing" and 5 indicating "highly disturbed" or "unappealing." As with
   other aspects of the general visual assessment, all crew members contribute to the final
   ranking. Observations of site characteristics will be understandably subjective, but
   provide valuable information on crew impressions of the overall character of the site. The
   NCCA analysts use crew observations to help explain data and results. The assessment of
   visible trash in water (aquatic  trash) will provide data for the U.S. EPA's Trash Free
   Waters Program. If any items listed are visible in the water from the X-site, fill in a
   bubble estimating the amount each type of trash.  If none are visible,  leave the bubbles
   empty.  If possible, list "Other  plastic items", types of "Fishing gear" and "Other" items
   not accounted for above. Additional information on aquatic  trash may be written in the
   General Assessment area at the crew's discretion. Document dominant land use. If
   dominant land use is "forest," estimate the age class. Document the weather conditions
   on the day of sampling, as well as any extreme weather conditions just prior to sampling.

   Note: If there is no land within 200 meters of the X-site, leave the dominant land use
   section blank.

14.1.3   GENERAL ASSESSMENT
   Record any additional information and observations in this narrative section. Include
   observations on biotic integrity, presence of SAV, presence and abundance of endangered
   and/or exotic species,  local anecdotal information, or any other pertinent information
   about the site or its adjacent areas. Record any observations that may be useful for future
   data interpretation.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                 Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                   Page 79

14.2  PROCESSING THE FECAL INDICATOR

14.2.1  SUMMARY OF METHOD
    At each site, crews collect and filter water samples for fecal indicator analyses. Upon
    receipt of the filters, the lab uses quantitative polymerase chain reaction (qPCR) analysis
    to quantify Enterococci bacteria trapped on the filter.

14.2.2  EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
    Table 14.1 provides the equipment and supplies needed for field crews to filter the fecal
    indicator sample. The filtering apparatus for this indicator MUST be sterile (i.e. a new
    unused filter funnel with pre-loaded filter is used for each filtration). Because some
    implements (forceps, centrifuge tube, etc.) will be reused for the filtering of the
    chlorophyll sample,  Enterococci must be filtered before filtering chlorophyll-a samples.
    Table 14.1          & supplies: Enterococci processing

     For processing samples   nitrile gloves
                           sterile screw-cap graduated 50 mL centrifuge tube (for measuring sample)
                           filter flask (500 mL with side arm, labeled for ENTE only)
                           rubber stopper (#8 white, with 10mm hole) and small filter funnel adapter
                           2 filtration units (white base, sterile  100 mL units, includes pre-loaded filter for
                             ENTE) + 1 extra for revisit sites
                           vacuum pump (electric or hand)
                           sterile phosphate buffer solution
                           2 sterile disposable forceps
                           2 sterile microcentrifuge tubes containing sterile glass beads (chilled on dry ice
                             during pre-sampling activities) + 1 extra for blank filter (at revisit sites)
                           bubble bag (3 microcentrifuge tubes at revisit sites; 2 at all other sites)
                           dry ice
                           cooler
     For recording           Sample Collection form
     measurements          pencils (for data forms)
                           fine-tipped indelible markers (for labels)
                           fecal indicator sample labels (2 vial labels and 1 bag label)
                           clear tape strips

14.2.3  PROCESSING PROCEDURE - FECAL INDICATOR FILTER BLANK
    At revisit sites (sites that will be visited twice in the index period for quality assurance
    purposes),  not only do crews filter the Enterococci samples, but they also prepare a filter
    blank to be sent to the lab for analysis during  both Visit 1 and Visit 2. A filter blank is
    prepared prior to filtering the Enterococci sample. See below for filter blank field
    processing  procedure.

           1.   Put on nitrile gloves.
           2.   Set up the sample filtration apparatus on a flat surface and attach the vacuum
               pump (Figure  14.2). Set out:
                  a.  50 ml sterile centrifuge tube,
                  b.  1  bottle of chilled phosphate buffer solution (PBS),
                  c.  2  sterile forceps.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 80

          3.  Attach the filter funnel with pre-loaded sterile filter to the filtering flask with
              reusable rubber stopper and adapter.
          4.  Measure 20 ml of the chilled PBS with the sterile graduated centrifuge tube
              and pour into the filter funnel.
          5.  Replace the cover on the filter funnel and use the vacuum pump to generate a
              vacuum of no more than 7 inches of Hg (or -3.4 psig). Keep pumping until all
              liquid is in filtrate collection flask.
          6.  Remove the filter funnel from the base without disturbing the filter. Using
              sterile disposable forceps remove the filter (touching only the filter edges) and
              fold it in half, in quarters, in eighths, and then in sixteenths (filter will be
              folded 4 times).
          7.  Insert the filter into the chilled microcentrifuge tube (with beads) open end
              first (pointed end up). Replace and tighten the screw cap.
          8.  Record the filter blank information  on the Sample Collection (Front) form.
          9.  Prepare a sample label [Filter: Blank] by recording the volume of PBS filtered.
          10. Affix the sample label to the microcentrifuge tube. Do NOT place tape on
              either the label or the cap of the microcentrifuge tube.
          11. Insert the tube into the bubble envelope. Place the bubble envelope on dry ice
              while waiting to process the remaining filters.
          12. Proceed to Section 14.2.4 for processing the water sample collected for
              Enterococci.

14.2.4  PROCESSING PROCEDURE - FECAL INDICATOR SAMPLE
   The filtering apparatus must be sterile when filtering  the fecal indicator sample. A
   separate, sterile, filter funnel pre-loaded with a filter will be provided for each sample
   collected and processed. Crews must filter and freeze the fecal indicator sample within 6
   hours of collection. See below for field processing procedures.

          1.  Put on nitrile gloves.
          2.  Set  up the sample filtration apparatus on a flat surface and attach the vacuum
              pump (Figure 14.2). Set out:
              a)  50 ml sterile centrifuge tube,
              b)  1 bottle of chilled PBS,
              c)  2 sterile forceps.
          3.  Attach the filter funnel with pre-loaded sterile filter onto the filtering flask
              with reusable rubber stopper and adapter.
          4.  Shake the sample bottle 25  times to mix well.
          5.  Using the 50 ml sterile graduated centrifuge tube, measure 25 ml of the mixed
              water sample and pour into the filter funnel.
          6.  Replace the cover on the filter funnel. Use the vacuum pump to generate a
              vacuum of no more than 7 inches of Hg (or -3.4 psig). Keep pumping until all
              liquid is in the filtrate collection flask.
          7.  If the first 25 ml volume passes readily through the filter, add another 25 ml
              and continue filtration. If the filter clogs before completely filtering the first or
              second 25  ml volume, discard the filter and, using a new sterile filter funnel
              with pre-loaded filter, repeat the filtration using a lesser volume.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                                          Field Operations Manual
                                                                       Page 81
          8.
          9.
          10
          11
   Pour approx. 10 ml of the chilled PBS into the same graduated centrifuge tube
   used for measuring the water sample. Cap the tube and shake 5 times. Remove
   the cap and pour the rinse into the filter funnel to rinse the filter.
   Filter the rinsate and repeat with another 10 ml of chilled PBS.
   Remove the filter funnel from the base without disturbing the filter. Using
   sterile disposable forceps remove the filter (touching only the filter edges) and
   fold it in half, in quarters, in eighths, and then in sixteenths  (filter will be
   folded 4 times).
   Insert the filter into the chilled microcentrifuge tube (with beads)—open end
   first (pointed end up). Replace and tighten the screw cap.
12. Record the volume of water sample filtered through the filter (minimum is 25
   ml, target is 50 ml) and the volume of PBS used to rinse each filter on the
   Sample Collection (Front) form. Record the filtration start time (beginning of
   first filter) and finish time (end of second filter) for the sample.
13. Prepare a corresponding sample label (Filter:1 or Filter:2), ensuring that the
   volume filtered on the label matches the information recorded on the Sample
   Collection (Front) form.
14. Affix the sample label to the microcentrifuge  tube.  Do NOT  place tape on
   either the label or the cap of the microcentrifuge tube.
15. Insert the tube into the bubble envelope. Place the bubble envelope on dry ice
   while processing the second filter.
16. Repeat steps 1  to 15 for the second filter,  using a new sterile filter funnel with
   pre-loaded filter. It is important that the same sample volume be filtered
   through each filter.
17. Prepare an exterior label for the bubble envelope [ENTEROCOCCI (ENTE) -
   BAG], ensuring that the label information (site ID, date, visit #, volume
   filtered, sample ID) matches the information recorded on the Sample
   Collection (Front) form. Affix the exterior label on the outside of the bubble
   envelope and cover with clear plastic tape.
18. Place the bubble envelope in a 4 by 4 self-sealing bag and then on dry ice for
   preservation during transport and shipping.
                   Sterile 100mL _
                   filter funnel with
                   pre-loaded filter
                   (single use)
                          Reusable
                          filtering
                          funnel
                                 Rubber stopper (white)
                                 and small funnel adapter
                                                Vacuum pump
                                                (hand or electric)
   Figure 14.2 Filtering set-up for Enterococci filtering

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                  Page 82

14.3  PROCESSING THE CHLOROPHYLL-^ & DISSOLVED NUTRIENTS INDICATORS

14.3.1  SUMMARY OF METHOD
   At each site, crews collect and filter water samples for chlorophyll-a and dissolved
   nutrient analyses. The chlorophyll-a sample is submitted to the lab as residue on a
   Whatman GF/F filter. Upon receipt of the filters, the lab extracts the pigment from the
   filter and quantifies it using flourometry. A portion of the filtrate produced from
   collecting the chlorophyll-a sample is submitted to the laboratory and processed for
   dissolved nutrients. In order to avoid cross-contamination, a new filter funnel will be used
   at each site. This filter funnel is provided in each site kit.

14.3.2  EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
   Table 14,2 Equipment fi supplies: chlorophyll-a ft dissolved nutrients processing

     For filtering       \X1iatman GF/F 47mm 0.7 micron filter
     chlorophyll-a      Nutrients filtering chamber OR 500 mL side-arm filter flask, labeled for
     sample           CHLA/NUTS only)
                     Filtration unit (blue base filter funnel, 250 mL unit)
                     rubber stopper (#8 blue, with 15mm hole) and large filter funnel adapter vacuum
                     pump (electric or hand)
                     DI water
                     nitrile gloves
                     forceps
                     graduated cylinder (250 mL)
     For recording     Sample Collection form
     measurements     chlorophyll-^ & dissolved nutrients sample labels
                     pencils (for data forms)
                     fine-tipped indelible markers (for labels)
                     clear tape strips
     For sample       centrifuge tube (50 mL, screw-top)
     collection and     aluminum foil square
     preservation       HDPE bottle (250 mL, white)
                     cooler with dry ice
                     electrical tape
                     plastic bag (sandwich size)

14.3.3  PROCESSING PROCEDURE
   Below presents the field  procedures for processing  chlorophyll-a and dissolved nutrient
   samples. The steps below describe using the  nutrients filtering chamber supplied in the
   base kit.  Crews have the option of using a side-arm filtering flask or other filtrate
   collection device in place of the nutrients chamber.  If a flask or other device is used, it is
   important to NOT use the same flask/device  as is used for the filtering of Enterococci.
   Doing so will lead to  potential contamination of the nutrients sample with phosphate
   buffer used to rinse the Enterococci filter. If a flask or other filtrate collection  device is
   used to collect the filtered nutrients sample  (as opposed to collecting the sample directly
   into the nutrients bottle  with a chamber),  the collection device must be rinsed three
   times with filtered sample water before allowing any sample to enter the bottle.

   Note: Crews must make  every attempt to process chlorophyll-a samples in subdued light,
   out of direct sunlight.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 83

          1.   Complete the NUTS sample label with Site ID, date collected, and visit number.
          2.   Attach the completed label to the 250 ml clear HOPE sample bottle and cover
              with clear plastic tape.
          3.   Set up the nutrients filtering chamber on a flat surface, insert the sample
              bottle into the chamber and attach the vacuum pump (Figure 14.3)
          4.   Put on nitrile gloves.
          5.   Crews will use a 250 ml filter funnel (with blue bottom), rubber stopper, and
              adapter that are specifically designated for chlorophyll filtering (i.e. not the
              same ones used for the Enterococci filtering). A new filter funnel will be
              provided in each site kit and should not be reused. The stopper and adapter are
              to be cleaned between sampling events. Prior to filtration of the sample, rinse
              the filter funnel adapter three times with Dl water. Rinse graduated cylinders
              with Dl  water. After assembling the filtering apparatus and attaching the filter
              funnel to the nutrients chamber with the correct stopper and adapter,  remove
              the cup portion of the filter funnel from the blue base.  Remove the pre-loaded
              filter (which has a faint grid pattern on it) but leave the white support pad in
              place.
          6.   Use clean forceps to place a Whatman GF/F 47 mm 0.7 micron filter on the
              support pad with the gridded/pressed side of the filter facing down, making
              sure both the support pad and filter are centered on the base.
          7.   Reattach the funnel portion of the filter funnel to the base by pressing it
              straight down firmly until it snaps into place. This will firmly hold the filter in
              place.
          8.   Remove the 2 L amber chlorophyll-a collection bottle from cooler and shake to
              mix the sample. Using the graduated cylinder, measure and pour 250 ml of
              water into the filter holder, replace the cover, and use the vacuum pump to
              draw a  small portion of the sample through the filter. Do not exceed 7  inches
              of Hg of vacuum -3.4 psig or a filtration duration of more than 5 minutes for a
              single sample volume, to avoid cell damage or loss of contents during filtering.
          9.   Use the first 10-20 ml of filtrate to rinse the 250 ml sample bottle and discard
              the rinsate. Be sure to cap the bottle and rotate it so that the filtered water
              contacts all the surfaces. Replace the bottle and chamber cap and continue
              filtering. Repeat the rinse of the sample bottle with an additional two rinses of
              filtered site water then discard the rinsate.
          10. If the filter clogs before 250 ml of site water will pass through the filter,
              discard the filter and water remaining in the filter funnel, rinse the filter
              funnel with Dl water, install a new filter, and repeat the procedures using 100
              ml of site water.
          11. Observe the filter for readily visible color. If there is visible color, proceed to
              the next step; if not, filter additional aliquots until color is visible on the filter
              or until a maximum of 2,000 ml have been filtered.
          12. After collecting 250 ml of filtered site water in the dissolved nutrients sample
              bottle,  remove the 250 ml HOPE bottle. Replace the lid and seal tightly with
              electrical tape. Submit this filtrate for dissolved nutrient analyses.
          13. Move the filter funnel and adapter to a side-arm filter flask to complete the
              filtering process. Additional filtrate will be discarded.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 84

          14. Record the dissolved nutrients sample information on the Sample Collection
              (Front) form. Place the sample on wet ice.
          15. After achieving a readily visible stain on the filter and collecting the filtrate for
              dissolved nutrient analyses, record the actual sample volume filtered in the
              Chlorophyll-a section on the Sample Collection (Front) form and on the sample
              label.
          16. Attach the completed  label to the 50 ml centrifuge tube and cover with clear
              plastic tape.
          17. Rinse the graduated cylinder and upper portion of the filter funnel thoroughly
              with Dl water to include any remaining cells adhering to the sides and pump
              through the filter. Monitor the level of water in the lower chamber to ensure
              that it does not contact the filter or flow into the pump.
          18. Remove the filter from the holder with clean forceps. Avoid touching the
              colored portion of the filter. Fold the filter in half,  with the colored side folded
              in on itself. Place the folded filter into the 50 ml screw-top centrifuge tube
              used previously for measuring the Enterococci sample and replace the cap.
          19. Tighten the cap as tightly as possible.  The cap will  seal tightly after an
              additional 1/4 turn past the point at which initial resistance is met. Failure to
              tighten the lid completely could allow water to infiltrate into the sample and
              may compromise its integrity. Seal the cap of the centrifuge tube with
              electrical tape.
          20. Wrap the 50  ml tube in a foil square and place in the provided self-sealing
              plastic bag.
          21. Close the plastic bag and place it on dry ice.

       Note: if the chlorophyll filtering process did not yield at least 250 mL of filtered site
       water, install a new GF/F filter and continue filtering site water until 250 mL of
       filtrate has been collected for the dissolved nutrients sample. Be  sure to collect the
       filtrate prior to any rinsing of the filter funnel with Dl water as directed in Step 17.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                                   Field Operations Manual
                                                                Page 85
                              Filter funnel 	
                              (250 ml with blue base)
                     Rubber stopper (Blue) and '
                     Large funnel adapter
                                                          Chamber Cap
                                                    Vacuum Pump
                                                    (Hand or Electric)
250 ml Nutrients Bottle
                                Nutrients Filtering Chamber
   Figure 14.3 Filtering set-up for chlorophyll-a and nutrients filtering
14.4 POST-MEASUREMENT CALIBRATION CHECK OF MULTI-PARAMETER SONDE
   After all in situ measurements have been completed for the sampling day, the crew must
   perform a post-measurement calibration check of the multi-parameter sonde. To do this,
   measure the pH and conductivity of one of each of the  respective calibration standards
   that were used earlier in the day to calibrate the instrument. Record these values in the
   Post-Measurement Calibration Check section on the Field Measurement (Front) form. If
   significant drift is detected as defined the manufacturer, the meter may need service and
   data collected since the last successful calibration and  post-measurement calibration
   check should be flagged. Discontinue  use of any meter  that is not functioning properly.
14.5 FIELD DATA & TRACKING FORM REVIEW
   The Field Crew Leader is ultimately responsible for reviewing the App submission and/or
   all data forms for completeness, legibility, accuracy, and consistency. The following are
   some checks to perform on the data forms:

             •   Ensure that all required data forms for the site have been completed.
             •   Confirm that the  Site ID, visit number, and date of visit are correct on all
                 forms.
             •   Verify the accuracy and legibility of all recorded information.
             •   Ensure that any flags are explained in the respective comments sections.
             •   Ensure that written comments are clear, with no "shorthand" or
                 abbreviations.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                             Page 86

             •  Make sure there are no stray markings on the forms. (Field forms are
                scanned and read by optical character recognition (OCR) software. Stray
                marks often lead to erroneous data recording and must be hand checked
                and corrected when discrepancies occur.)
             •  Make sure the header information is completed on all pages of each form.
             •  After reviewing each form, initial the upper right corner of each page of
                the form.

   If information is missing from the forms, the Field Crew Leader must complete the missing
   sections. If utilizing paper forms, upon completing the review, the Field Crew Leader must
   initial the field forms, indicating that they are complete, legible,  accurate, consistent,
   and ready to  be sent to NARS IM. If utilizing the NARS App, the Field Crew Leader must
   submit the data. The receipt of a submission is a confirmation that the data has  been
   reviewed by the Field Crew Leader.

14.6 SAMPLE PACKAGING AND LABEL REVIEW
   All  samples must be appropriately preserved and packaged for transport. The following
   are some checks to perform on the labels:

             •  All samples are collected. If obtainable samples are missing, the crew must
                reschedule a site visit or return to the site that same day to complete
                collection of the missing samples.
             •  All samples are labeled.
             •  All labels are complete, legible, accurate, and consistent.
             •  Although the data forms, tracking forms, and labels are preprinted with the
                sample IDs, review the labels and forms to ensure consistent sample ID
                information was utilized.
             •  Each label is covered with clear plastic tape  (except those on the  ENTE
                sample vials).
             •  Inspect the integrity of each sample container; be sure there are no leaks.
                Make sure that all sample containers are properly sealed.
             •  Verify that all sample containers are properly preserved for storage or
                immediate shipment.

   If information is missing from the labels, the Field Crew Leader must complete the missing
   sections. The Field Crew Leader must also verify the integrity of all samples. The Field
   Crew Leader  must reconcile any disagreements between sample IDs on the data
   forms/NCCA App and labels before tracking forms are transmitted to NARS IM and samples
   are packaged and sent to the labs.

14.7 SAMPLE SHIPMENT & TRACKING FORM SUBMITTAL
   Refer to Appendix C: Shipping and Tracking Guidelines for additional details on preparing
   samples for shipping.

14.7.1  TIME-SENSITIVE SAMPLES
   The field crew must ship or deliver time-sensitive samples (i.e., water chemistry (CHEM),
   chlorophyll-a (CHLA), and dissolved nutrients (NUTS)) to the appropriate analytical

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 87

   laboratory (WRS Corvallis or approved state lab) so that the samples will arrive within 48
   hours of collection. Therefore, crews must send them via Priority Overnight shipping,
   preferably the same day as collection,  but no later than the following day. Reminder:
   FedEx does not deliver shipments on  Sunday, so you  must ensure samples are shipped
   by Friday afternoon to allow for a Saturday delivery.  Be sure to verify the last
   EXPRESS drop off time at the FedEx facility you plan  to use.

   The Field Crew Leader will complete a Site and Sample Status/Water Chemistry lab
   tracking form for the samples and will email the form to sampletracking@epa.gov or
   submit tracking via the NCCA App  (other submittal options are provided in Section 15.3).
   Please name these files in the following format: NCCA15_T#_Tracking_SitelD_V#, where
   T#' is the number of the tracking form and W is the visit number (i.e.
   NCCA15_T1_Tracking_NCCA15-1061_V1). If scanning paper forms, be sure that the file
   scanned is clear and legible. Genius Scan or Cam Scanner are great apps that are available
   for free that will help to ensure that the scan is clear and legible.

   The Field Crew Leader will place the samples and Site and Sample Status/Water Chemistry
   lab tracking form  (in a waterproof bag  or plastic sleeve) in the cooler provided with the
   site kit. The Field Crew Leader will attach the appropriate pre-addressed FedEx airbill
   from the site kit marked for the WRS lab. The field crew will either drop off the cooler for
   shipment at a local FedEx location or arrange for a pick up at the hotel or other
   appropriate facility. If the field crew has chosen a pick up, they must follow up with the
   facility at which it has been left to ensure its actual pick up.

14.7.2  OTHER SAMPLES
   Samples that are less time sensitive will be shipped in batches, according to the chart in
   Appendix C: Shipping and Tracking Guidelines. See Section 15: Post-Sampling Activities
   for further guidance.

14.8  EQUIPMENT CLEANUP & CHECK
   Field crews must take appropriate precautions to avoid transfer of national and regional
   invasive species of concern. Nuisance species of concern in the U.S.  include zebra mussels
   (Dreissena polymorpha), mitten crabs (Eriocheir sinensis) and Eurasian ruffe
   (Gymnocephalus ceinuus). In the Great Lakes, Viral Hemorrhagic Septicemia (VMS) is an
   invasive and deadly fish virus that is threatening Great Lakes fish. VMS was identified as
   the cause of large fish kills in  lakes Huron, St. Clair, Erie, Ontario and the St. Lawrence
   River in 2005 and 2006. To reduce the risk of transferring nuisance species and pathogens,
   all equipment and  gear must be cleaned  and disinfected prior to traveling over land from
   one field site to another. For specific techniques to disinfect boats and gear in the Great
   Lakes, please see Section 14.8.3.

   Online resources regarding invasive species:

             •  Aquatic Nuisance Species Task Force (http://www.anstaskforce.gov)
             •  U.S. Geological Survey Nonindigenous Aquatic Species website
                (http://nas.er.usgs.gov)
             •  Protect Your Waters website, co-sponsored by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
                Service (http://www.protectyourwaters.net/hitchhikers)

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 88

             •  Sea Grant Program (http://www.sgnis.org)
             •  USDA Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (http://aphis.usda.gov)

14.8.1  BOAT & TRAILER CLEANUP
   While your organizations likely have protocols in place to account for these precautions,
   the following are some procedures and checks to perform on your equipment:

          1.  Load the boat on the trailer.
          2.  Drain all bilge water from the boat.
          3.  Inspect the boat, motor, and trailer for evidence of weeds and other
             macrophytes.
          4.  Clean the boat, motor, and trailer as completely as possible before leaving the
             launch site.
             •  Follow any state or other requirements associated with nuisance species,
                pathogens and/or viruses.

14.8.2  POST SAMPLING EQUIPMENT CARE
          1.  Inspect sampling gear (seines, dip nets, sieves, foul weather gear,  boots, etc.)
             for evidence of mud, snails, plant fragments,  algae, animal remains or debris.
             Rinse and remove using brushes or other tools. Use one of the procedures
             below to disinfect gear if necessary. Let dry.
          2.  Pack all equipment and supplies in the vehicle and trailer for transport.
          3.  Keep equipment and supplies organized so they can be inventoried using the
             equipment and supply checklists (Appendix A: Equipment and Supplies Lists).
          4.  Clean up all waste material at the launch site and dispose of or transport it out
             of the site if a trash can is not available.

14.8.3  ADDITIONAL DECONTAMINATION INFORMATION
   Additional precautions to prevent transfer of Whirling Disease spores,  New Zealand
   mudsnails, and amphibian chytrid fungus are important for Great Lakes sites.  Before
   visiting the site, research the site and determine if it is in an area where one  of these
   organisms are known to exist. Contact the local or State fishery biologist to confirm the
   presence or absence of these organisms.

   If the site is listed as "positive" for any of  the organisms, or no information is available,
   avoid using felt-soled wading boots. After  sampling, disinfect all fish and benthos
   sampling gear and all other equipment that came into contact with water or sediments
   (i.e., waders, boots, etc.) by one of the following procedures:

          Option A:

          1.  Soak gear in a 10% household bleach solution for at least 10 minutes, or wipe or
             spray on a 50% household bleach solution and let stand for 5 minutes.
          2.  Rinse with tap water (do not use sea or lake water) and remove remaining
             debris.
          3.  Place gear in a freezer overnight, soak in a 50% solution of Formula 409®
             antibacterial cleaner for at least 10 minutes or soak gear in 120°F  (49°C) water
             for at least 1 minute.
          4.  Dry gear in direct sunlight (at least 84 °F) for at least 4 hours.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 89

          Option B:

          1.   Soak gear in a solution of Sparquat® (4-6 oz. per gallon of water) for at least 10
              minutes (Sparquat is especially effective at inactivating whirling disease
              spores).
          2.   Place gear in a freezer overnight or soak in 120°F (49° C) water for at least 1
              min.
          3.   Dry gear in direct sunlight (at least 84 °F) for at least 4 hours.

              Clean and dry other equipment prior to storage.

              •   Rinse coolers with clean water to remove any dirt or debris on the outside
                 and inside.
              •   Make sure water  quality meter probes are rinsed with deionized water and
                 stored moist.
              •   Rinse all equipment used to collect water samples three times with
                 deionized water. Place sampling equipment in a clean location for use at
                 the next site.
              •   Check nets for holes and repair or locate replacements.
              •   Inventory equipment and supply needs and relay orders through the fillable
                 PDF Supply Request form.
              •   Remove GPS and  multi-parameter sonde, and set up for pre-departure
                 checks and calibration. Examine the oxygen membranes for cracks,
                 wrinkles,  or bubbles. Replace  if necessary, allowing sufficient time for
                 equilibration.
              •   Recharge/replace batteries as necessary.
              •   Replenish fuel  and oil.
              •   If a commercial car wash facility is available, thoroughly clean vehicle and
                 boat (hot water pressurized rinse—no soap).

    Note: Handle and dispose of disinfectant solutions properly, and take care to avoid
    damage to lawns or other property.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                            Page 90


15 POST-SAMPLING ACTIVITIES


15.1 SAMPLE SHIPPING
   Samples that are less time sensitive will be shipped in batches, according to the chart in
   Appendix C: Shipping and Tracking Guidelines. The Field Crew Leader will complete the
   appropriate batch tracking form(s) for the samples and will email electronic copies of the
   form(s) to sampletracking@epa.gov or submit tracking via the NCCA App (other submittal
   options are provided in Section 15.3). Please name these files in the following format:
   NCCA15_T#_Tracking_SitelD_V#, where T#' is the number of the tracking form and W is
   the visit number (i.e. NCCA15_T1_Tracking_NCCA15-1061_V1).

   The Field Crew Leader will place the samples and the correct batch tracking form (in a
   waterproof bag or plastic sleeve) in a requested batch shipment cooler. The Field Crew
   Leader will attach the appropriate pre-addressed FedEx airbill from the site kit marked
   for the appropriate lab. The field crew will either drop off the cooler for shipment at a
   local FedEx location or arrange for a pick up at the hotel or other appropriate facility. If
   the field crew has chosen  a pick up, they must follow up with the facility at which it has
   been left and/or track the package through FedEx tracking tools to ensure its actual  pick
   up. Once the package is in the possession of FedEx, the IM Team and FLC will track the
   package to its destination and take steps necessary to ensure its timely delivery.

15.2 TRACKING FORM SUBMITTAL
   Each tracking form has been assigned a "T" page number to help crews identify the
   correct tracking form to use when sending samples.  This "T" number is located on the
   bottom right corner of each  tracking form.  Crews will also find reference to the same "T"
   numbers on the individual samples labels and on the top of the pre-printed FedEx return
   labels provided in the site kits.

   Crews include copies of all tracking forms in the coolers when they send samples to the
   labs. They have several different options for electronically submitting sample and tracking
   information. A hard copy of the sample tracking form must be submitted to the lab in the
   cooler and an electronic copy must be submitted to NARS IM using one of four options.  If
   a cooler contains samples from more than one site, then multiple forms must be placed in
   the cooler and submitted to  NARS IM.

   In order of preference, the options are:

         1.  Using the NCCA mobile App, enter data and tracking information into the NCCA
             App and submit the tracking information. An email will pop up on your device
             with an attachment and the NARSFieldData@epa.gov address. Copy yourself,
             any other crew members or managers, and click send. This form will be
             returned to you via email after a few minutes in a portable document format
             (PDF). It may be printed and used as the form for the cooler shipment.
         2.  Using a handheld  device or portable computer, enter data into fillable portable
             document format (PDF) forms and submit. Please name these files in the
             following format: NCCA15_T#_Tracking_SitelD_V#, where T#' is the number

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 91

             of the tracking form and W is the visit number (i.e.
             NCCA15_T1_Tracking_NCCA15-1061_V1)  before emailing or using the SUBMIT
             button. Send the file via email to sampletracking@epa.gov. It may be printed
             and used as the form for the cooler shipment.
          3.  Hand-enter data on a paper form. Photograph the form with a handheld device
             or office scanner. Attach the file (in PDF version) to an email and address to
             sampletracking@epa.gov. Please name these files in the following format:
             NCCA15_T#_Tracking_SitelD_V#. Be sure that the file scanned is clear and
             legible. Genius Scan or Cam Scanner are great apps that are available for free
             that will  help to ensure that the scan is clear and legible. Copy yourself any
             other crew members or managers, and click send. After scanning, include this
             form in the cooler.
          4.  Hand-enter data on a paper form. Fax the form to the number printed on the
             form. After faxing include this form in the cooler.

   If the crew visits a site with the intention of sampling, but determines the site to be
   unsampleable (either temporarily or permanently), the site status portion of the Site and
   Sample Status/Water Chemistry Lab Tracking form needs to be completed and
   submitted, but the water chemistry and batch sample  status tracking portion of the form
   can remain blank. The Field Crew Leader must also submit the Site Verification (Front)
   form for the site, which contains additional information about the site that is not
   captured on the tracking form. This can be submitted with the packet of field forms that
   gets sent out every two weeks. For ease of use, these two forms are available in fillable
   PDF form on the EPA SharePoint site.

   Regardless of the type of sample  being shipped, a completed tracking form must be
   placed inside the cooler with the samples (typically sealed in a plastic bag or pouch and
   affixed to the inside of the cooler lid). Again, crews may choose to complete either the
   digital or manual forms.  In addition to sending the tracking forms with the shipment, a
   copy of the tracking form must be submitted to the NARS  IM staff at
   sampletracking@epa.gov before the samples are due to arrive  at the lab. The various
   tracking forms are listed in Appendix C: Shipping and Tracking Guidelines.

15.3  DATA SUBMITTAL

15.3.1  APP USERS
   For crews utilizing the mobile App,  after the Field Crew Leader has reviewed form content
   at the end of your sampling day, click the submit button. An email will pop up on your
   device addressed to NARSFieldData@epa.gov. Copy yourself, any other crew members or
   managers and click send.

15.3.2  PAPER FORM USERS
   Every two weeks, the Field Crew Leader will batch  the field data forms together and send
   them  to NARS IM. After checking the field data forms for completeness, legibility,
   accuracy, and consistency, the Field Crew Leader will  make scans or copies of them. The
   Field Crew Leader will complete a Tracking: Packs form for the data packets and will
   email that form to sampletracking@epa.gov. The Field Crew Leader will place the original
   field data forms and batch tracking form in the FedEx envelope provided in the site kit.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                            Page 92

   The Field Crew Leader will attach the pre-addressed FedEx airbill from the site kit, and
   send the original forms to NARS IM via FedEx.

   Note: The original forms are specially printed to be used in an optical scanner for
   automated data entry. Copies of forms will not scan properly and are not acceptable for
   entering field data. All field forms must be turned in within 2 weeks of completing
   sampling. A tracking form will be submitted with each shipment of data forms and the
   data forms will be tracked in the same  manner as all other samples.

15.4 TRACKING REMINDERS
   It is very important to submit the Site and Sample Status/Water Chemistry Lab Tracking
   form immediately after every sampling event. Prompt status reports allow the FLC to
   closely track sampling  progress. More importantly, it enables NARS IM to track samples
   that were collected at each site versus  those that were not, and to  immediately track the
   shipment of the time-sensitive samples  after each sampling event.

   The field crews must promptly report any field sampling problems to the FLC and report
   sample tracking or data reporting problems to NARS IM. They will follow up with the EPA
   NCCA 2015 Lead throughout the sampling period.

   The EPA Logistics Coordinator serves as the central point of contact for information
   exchange among field crews, the management and QA staff, the NARS IM staff, and the
   public. The EPA Logistics Coordinator and Contractor Field Logistics Coordinator contact
   information can be found on Table 1.1  of this manual.

15.5 SITE EVALUATION SPREADSHEET SUBMITTAL
   Throughout the field season or at the end of the field season, EPA HQ needs field crews to
   submit their completed Site Evaluation  Spreadsheets. These are critical to determining
   site weights used in data analysis. Please submit these forms to the FLC and EPA Logistics
   Coordinator within two weeks of completion of your last site.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 93
16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
   The NCCA program requires that all cooperators and field crews follow strict quality
   assurance and quality control guidelines. Standardized training and data forms set the
   foundation to help ensure that data quality standards for field sampling are met. In
   addition, repeat sampling and field evaluation and assistance visits address specific
   aspects of the data quality standards for the NCCA.


16.1 STANDARDIZED TRAINING
   All  Field Crew Leaders must attend a formal three day NCCA training prior to participating
   in field sampling for the NCCA and all field crew members are encouraged to attend. The
   training, which is divided into classroom and hands-on field  sessions, is designed to reduce
   sampling variability, and subsequently ensure data comparability from crew to crew and
   site to site. Standardized training allows the EPA to collect field crew input that will help
   to identify potential sampling pitfalls and troubleshoot solutions. The entire three day
   training session is required to qualify a crew for sampling activities.

16.2 STANDARDIZED FIELD DATA FORMS
   All  field crews, with the exception of crews collecting samples in the Great Lakes, collect
   and record data using identical field forms. The Great Lakes has one additional two-sided
   data form (D11 & D12) and two additional tracking forms to  complete (T7 & T8). These
   identical forms serve several purposes. First, they ensure that all crews measure and
   record the same parameters. Second, use of identical field forms promotes efficient data
   entry and minimizes the opportunities for data transcription errors. Finally, the use of
   identical forms facilitates field form quality control reviews when data are received at
   NARS IM.

   Paper field forms and the NARS App have been developed for data  collection and contain
   the same data.


16.3 REPEAT SAMPLING
   The NCCA collects temporal repeat samples in order to estimate site measurement and
   index period variance. Repeat sampling provides data that can be used to evaluate the
   potential for the NCCA design to estimate status and detect trends in  the target site
   population.

   During the field season, crews will revisit approximately 10% of the target sites as
   designated in the EPA site list with "RVT2" in the panel code.  In order to ensure that
   sampling procedures are as comparable as possible from the first visit to the second visit,
   the same field crew who initially sampled the site also conducts the revisit. During site
   revisits, crews collect the full set of samples and in situ measurement parameters (except
   all  fish tissue samples, which are targeted only on the first visit). At Great Lakes revisit
   sites that are also human health fish tissue sites, crews that are unsuccessful at collecting
   the human health fish tissue sample during visit 1 are expected to  attempt the collection
   of that sample during visit 2.  When sampling sites are identified as revisit sites, crews
   collect Enterococci filter blanks during both the initial visit and the revisit. The crews

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                Page 94

   must always collect the filter blanks before the sample is filtered. See Section 14.2.3 for
   the procedure for collecting filter blanks.

   The NCCA identifies sites targeted for repeat visits in the state's site draw. The number of
   repeat visit sites varies from state to state, depending on the number of base sites drawn
   within the  state. If a site selected for repeat sampling is dropped, then the alternate site
   assigned to replace it becomes the revisit site. The time elapsed between the initial and
   repeat site visits should be as long as possible within the index period, but not shorter
   than two weeks.


16.4 FIELD EVALUATION AND ASSISTANCE VISITS
   A rigorous  program of field and laboratory evaluation and assistance visits supports the
   quality assurance and control for the NARS. The following sections focus only on the field
   evaluation  and assistance visits.

   By coupling assistance visits conducted early in the data collection process with uniform
   training, sampling variability associated with  specific implementation or interpretation of
   the protocols will be significantly reduced. Field evaluation and assistance visits provide
   an opportunity to ensure that crews follow field procedures and meet minimum quality
   control requirements.  In addition, assistance  visits allow for uniform evaluation of the
   standard NCCA data collection methods. When widespread problems or confusion surround
   a given method, the information from assistance visits contributes to refining  the method
   for sites that are yet to be sampled and in future field manuals.

   The field evaluators observe and review the information listed on the Field Evaluation and
   Assistance  Visit Checklist. An assistance visit has been scheduled to evaluate each unique
   crew collecting and contributing data under this program.  If unforeseen events prevent
   the EPA from evaluating every crew, the NCCA Quality Assurance Coordinator  (QAC) will
   rely on the data review and validation process to identify unacceptable data that will not
   be included in the final database. If inconsistencies cannot be resolved, the QAC may
   contact the Field Crew Leader for clarification.

16.4.1  SPECIFICATIONS FOR QC ASSURANCE
   Field evaluation and  assistance personnel are trained in the specific data collection
   methods detailed in this FOM.  A plan and checklist for field evaluation and assistance
   detail the methods and procedures that will be evaluated. The plan and checklist are
   included as Attachment D in the QAPP and will be posted on the SharePoint site for crews
   to access. Table 16.1  summarizes the plan, the checklist,  and corrective action
   procedures.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                                        Field Operations Manual
                                                                       Page 95
Table 16,1 General information      during field evaluation
Field
Evaluation
Plan
Field
Evaluation
and
Assistance
Visit
Checklist
Corrective
Action
Procedures
Regional Coordinators or another assigned trained individual arrange the field assistance visit
with each field crew, ideally within the first two weeks of sampling.
The Evaluator observes the performance of a crew through one complete set of sampling
activities.
If the crew misses or incorrectly performs a procedure, the Evaluator notes it on the checklist
and immediately points it out so the mistake can be corrected on the spot.
The Evaluator reviews the results  of the evaluation with the field crew before leaving the site,
noting positive practices as well as problems.
The Evaluator observes all pre-sampling activities and verifies that equipment is properly
calibrated and in good working order, and that NCCA protocols are followed.
The Evaluator checks the sample containers to verify that they are the correct type and size, and
checks the labels to be sure they are correctly and completely filled out.
The Evaluator confirms that the field crew has followed NCCA protocols for locating the site.
The Evaluator observes the complete set of sampling activities, confirming that all protocols are
followed.
The Evaluator will record responses or concerns, if any, on the Field Evaluation and Assistance
Visit Checklist.
If the Evaluator's findings indicate that the field crew is not performing the procedures
correctly, safely, or thoroughly, the Evaluator must continue working with this field crew until
certain of the crew's ability to conduct the sampling properly and minimize adverse effects on
data quality.
If the Evaluator finds major deficiencies in the field crew operations, the Evaluator must
contact the NCCA QA Coordinator immediately (e.g., within 24-48 hours) so that additional
correction actions can be taken.
    The EPA anticipates that evaluation and assistance visits will be conducted with each
    Field  Crew early in the sampling and data collection process, and that corrective actions
    will be conducted in real time. The role of the Evaluator is to provide additional training
    and guidance so that the procedures are being performed  in a manner consistent with the
    Field  Operations Manual, all data are recorded correctly, and paperwork is properly
    completed at the site.  If the field crew misses or incorrectly performs a procedure, the
    Evaluator will  note the error on the checklist, immediately point it out and direct the
    crew  to correct it on the spot.

16.4.2  REPORTING
    Upon  completion of the sampling operations, the Evaluator will review the results of the
    evaluation with the Field Crew before leaving the site (if practicable). The evaluator will
    note positive practices and problems (termed weaknesses if they might affect data quality
    or deficiencies if they would adversely affect data quality). The Evaluator ensures that all
    crew  members understand the findings and can perform the procedures properly in the
    future. The Evaluator will record field crew responses or concerns, if any, on the Field
    Evaluation and Assistance Visit Checklist. After the Evaluator completes the  Field
    Evaluation and Assistance Visit Checklist, including a brief summary of findings, all field
    crew  members must read and sign off on the evaluation.

    If after directing the crew to correct problems, findings indicate that the field crew is not
    performing the procedures correctly, safely or thoroughly, the Evaluator must continue

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 96

   working with this field crew until certain of the crew's ability to conduct the sampling
   properly. If the Evaluator finds major deficiencies in the field crew operations (e.g.,
   major misinterpretation of protocols, equipment or performance problems that will
   adversely affect data quality), they must be reported to the following QA official:

       •   Hugh Sullivan, EPA NCCA QA Coordinator

   The QAC official will contact the Project Manager  to determine the appropriate course of
   action.  Data records from sampling sites previously visited by this field crew will be
   checked to determine whether any sites must be resampled.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                             Page 97

17 LITERATURE CITED

American Red Cross. 2006. First Aid/CPR/AED for schools and the community. Third edition.
210 pgs.

Klemm, D. J., P. A. Lewis, F. Fulk, and J. M. Lazorchak. 1990. Macroinvertebrate Field and
Laboratory Methods for Evaluating the Biological Integrity of Surface Waters. EPA
600/4-90/030. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio.

National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. 1981.  Occupational Health Guidelines
for Chemical Hazards (Two Volumes). NIOSH/OSHA Publication No. 81-123.
U.S. Government Printing  Office, Washington, D.C.

Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA). 2006. Regulations (Standards - 29 CFR).
Substance technical guidelines for formalin - 1910.1048 App A. Occupational Safety &
Health Administration. Washington, DC 20210.

Schriver et al. 1995. Impact of Submerged Macrophytes on Fish-Zooplankton- Phytoplankton
Interactions - Large-Scale  Enclosure Experiments in a Shallow Eutrophic Lake.
Freshwater Biology 33, no. 2: 255-70.

U.S. Coast Guard. 1989. Federal Requirements for Recreational Boats. U.S. Department
of Transportation, United  States Coast Guard, Washington, D.C. 27 pgs.

USEPA. 2001.  National Coastal Assessment: Field Operation Manual. EPA-620-R-01-003.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency., Office of Research and Development, National
Health and Environmental Effects Research Laboratory.

USEPA. 2000a. EPA Quality Manual for Environmental Programs 5360A1. May 2000.
http://www.epa.gov/quality/qs-docs/5360.pdf

USEPA. 2000b. EPA Order  5360.1 A2 CHG2, Policy and Program Requirements for Mandatory
Agency-wide Quality System, May 5, 2000. http://www.epa.gov/quality/qs-docs/5360-
l.pdf

USEPA. 2001. Methods for Collection, Storage, and Manipulation of Sediments for Chemical
and Toxicological Analyses: Technical Manual. EPA-823-B-01-002. U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.

USEPA. 2015.  National Coastal Condition Assessment Quality Assurance Project Plan. EPA-841-
R-14-005. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Water, Washington, DC.

Li-COR. 2006. LI-COR Underwater Radiation Sensors Instruction Manual: LI-192 Underwter
Quantum Sensor LI-193 Spherical Quantum Sensor. LI-COR, Inc., Lincoln, Nebraska.

Web Pages:

       Aquatic Nuisance Species Task Force (http://www.anstaskforce.gov)
       U.S. Geological Survey Nonindigenous Aquatic Species website (http://nas.er.usgs.gov)

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                               Page 98

       Protect Your Waters website, co-sponsored by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
       (http://www.protectyourwaters. net/hitchhikers)
       Sea Grant Program (http://www.sgnis.org)
       USDA Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (http://aphis.usda.gov)

The Code of Federal Regulations (49 CFR Section  173.150)

       National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015: Quality Assurance Project Plan (EPA-841-
       R-14-005)
       National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015: Site Evaluation Guidelines (EPA-841-R-14-
       006)
       National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015: Field  Operations Manual (EPA-841-R-14-
       007)
       National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015: Laboratory Operations Manual (EPA-841-
       R-14-008)

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 99
APPENDIX A: EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES LISTS
BASE KIT
A base kit will be provided to the field crews for all sampling sites. Some items are sent in the
base kit as extra supplies to be used as needed.
Note:  Sodium thiosulfate tablets, filters, 1 Liter HOPE bottles, aluminum foil squares, and
disposable nitrile gloves will be provided in the base kit; you may order more throughout the
field season if needed.
Item Quantity Protocol
B
w
%
m
Aluminum foil squares
Antibiotic salve
Aspirator bulb
Centrifuge tube (50 mL, sterile) - spares
Centrifuge tube stand
Clear tape strips
Electrical tape
FedEx Saturday delivery stickers
Filters (Whatman 47mm GF/F glass fiber 0.7 micron)
Filter flask (500 mL, with side arm) labeled for ENTE filtering
Nutrients filtering chamber
Filtration unit (white base, sterile 100 mL unit, includes pre-loaded
filter for ENTE) — spares
Filtration unit (blue base, 250 mL unit) - spares
Filter funnel adapter (small)
Filter funnel adapter (large)
Forceps (fine-tipped, watchmakers type)
Forceps (sterile, disposable) - spares
Funnel (wide-mouth)
Graduated cylinder (250 mL)
HDPE bottle (2 L, amber)
HDPE bottle (1 L, wide mouth)
Micro centrifuge tube (with sterile glass beads) - spares
Nitrile gloves
Plastic cable tie — spares
Plastic storage tub (for small items in base kit)
Packing tape
Rubber bands (spares)
Rubber stopper (#8 blue, with 15mm hole )
Bag of 50
1 spray tube
1
5
1
3 packs
Iroll
100
Ibox
1
1
5
5
3
3
1
2
1
1
1
12
5
2 boxes
20
1
3 rolls
20
1
Chlorophyll A
Fish Tissue Plug
Fish Tissue Plug
Chlorophyll A
Chlorophyll A
General
Packaging
General
Chlorophyll A
Enterococci
Chlorophyll A and
Dissolved Nutrients
Enterococci
Chlorophyll A
Dissolved Nutrients
Enterococci
Chlorophyll A
Dissolved Nutrients
Benthic
Macroinvertebrates
Enterococci
Sediment Collection
Chlorophyll A
Chlorophyll A
Benthic
Macroinvertebrates
Enterococci
General
Eco Fish Tissue (FTIS)
General
General
Sediment Collection
Chlorophyll A
Dissolved Nutrients

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 100
Item Quantity Protocol

Rubber stopper (#8 white, with 10 mm hole)
Sodium thiosulfate tablets
Scale (in grams)
Secchi disk (20 cm diameter, weighted)
100' of 1/4 inch nylon line for Secchi disk and PAR meter (crews to
mark in 0.5 m intervals)
Self-sealing bags (2 gallon) - spares
Self-sealing bags (sandwich size) - for labels - spares
Sieve box or bucket (stainless steel, 0.5 mm OR 1.0 mm for CA,
OR, & WA)
Spoon, stainless steel (15")
Squirt bottle (for ambient water)
Vacuum pump (hand)
Tyvek tag with grommet - spares
1
Vial of 25
1
1
1
12
100
1
1
1
1
20
Enterococci
Enterococci
Fish Tissue Plug
Water Profile
Water Profile
Eco Fish Tissue
Eco Fish Tissue
Benthic
Macroinvertebrates
Sediment Collection
Sediment Collection
Chlorophyll A
Enterococci
Dissolved Nutrients
Eco Fish Tissue (FTIS)
ADDITIONAL BASE KIT ITEMS - GREAT LAKES CREWS
Item Quantity Protocol
GL BASE KIT
HDPE bottle (1 L, white, narrow mouth)
LugoPs
Pipet (10 mL)
Pipet bulb
Seaviewer underwater camera system (with DVR, GPS, cables,
case)
I/ site
1
2
1
1
Phytoplankton
Phytoplankton
Phytoplankton
Phytoplankton
Underwater video
SITE KIT
A site kit will be provided to the field crews for each sampling site. Please submit an
electronic request form well in advance of field sampling. Kits must be requested at least
three weeks before sampling is to take place. Each site kit will also include necessary coolers
and shipping supplies for all samples collected. Prior to sampling, inspect each site kit to
ensure all supplies are included. Some items may not be used at all sites and should be held
until the end of the field season and shipped back.

The Field Crew Leader MUST provide a general schedule in order to receive the site kits.
These kits include:
Item Quantity Protocol
g
S
HH
C/3
Bubble bag (microcentrifuge tubes in this)
Bucket, screw top (0.6 gallon)
Centrifuge tube (50 mL, sterile)
Cooler(s)
FedEx air bills (pre-addressed) plus handle tags, zip ties, etc.
1
1
1
1

Enterococci (Shipping)
Sediment Toxicity
Chlorophyll A
Enterococci
Shipping
Shipping

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 101
Item Quantity Protocol

Filtration unit (white base, sterile 100 mL units, includes pre-loaded
filter for ENTE)
Filtration unit (blue base, 250 mL unit)
Fish Tissue Plug Kit
Biopsy punch (sterile, disposable)
Disposable forceps (sterile)
Glass scintillation vial (20 mL)
Scalpel (sterile, disposable)
Bubble bag for vial
Outer bag for vial
Forceps (sterile, disposable)
Glass jar (120 mL, amber)
Glass jar (60 mL, amber)
HDPE bottle (250 mL, white)
HDPE bottle (250 mL, amber)
HDPE bottle (250 mL, white, sterile)
HDPE bottle (500 mL, white, wide mouth)
HDPE bottle (1 L, white, wide mouth)
Plastic bag (large, composite)
Plastic bag (sandwich size) for CHLA tube
Plastic bag (quart)
Plastic cable ties
Self-sealing bags (2 gallon)
Self-sealing bags (sandwich size) - for eco fish labels
Sterile phosphate buffer solution (PBS)
Tyvek tags with grommets
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1 jar
10
Enterococci
Chlorophyll A
Dissolved Nutrients
Fish Tissue Plugs
Enterococci
Chlorophyll A
Sediment
Organics/Metals
Sediment TOC
Dissolved Nutrients
Water Chemistry
Enterococci
Algal Toxin
Microcystin
Benthic
Macroinvertebrates
Eco Fish Tissue
Chlorophyll A
Sediment Grain Size
Eco Fish Tissue
Eco Fish Tissue
Eco Fish Tissue
Enterococci
Eco Fish Tissue
FORM & LABEL PACKET
A form 6t label packet will be provided to the field crews for all sampling sites (separately
from site kits). Please submit an electronic request form well in advance of field sampling. A
packet must be requested at least three weeks before sampling is to take place. Prior to
sampling, inspect each packet to ensure all forms and labels are included. Depending on what
your crew is doing (type of sites and whether you are using e-forms), you may request:
   •   Great Lakes field forms, tracking forms & labels
   •   Marine field forms, tracking forms & labels
   •   Tracking forms & labels only (e-forms  users)

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 102
HUMAN HEALTH FISH TISSUE SAMPLING SITE KIT
A human health fish tissue kit will be provided to the field crews for selected sampling sites
(separately from site kits). Please submit an electronic request form well in advance of field
sampling. Kits must be requested at least three weeks before sampling is to take place. Prior
to sampling, inspect each human health fish tissue kit to ensure all supplies are included.
These kits include:
Item Quantity Protocol
HH FISH TISSUE KIT
Aluminum foil (solvent rinsed & baked)
Cooler (blue)
Dry ice (Class 9) shipping label
FedEx airbill (pre-addressed)
Nitrile gloves
Plastic bags (large, composite)
Plastic cable ties
Polyethylene tubing (heavy-duty, food grade)
Tyvek tags with grommets
5
1
1
1
5 pairs
1
12
Iroll
1
Packaging
Storage & Shipping
Shipping
Shipping
Packaging
Packaging
Packaging
Packaging
Packaging
CREW SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT
Item Quantity Protocol
GENERAL
Active/passive fish sampling device (e.g. trawl, seine, hook & line, etc.)
Alconox
Barometer (for calibration)
Batteries (AA)
Bleach (1-10% solution)
Borax
Buckets (large)
Calibration cups & standards
Cell phone, 2-way radios, walkie talkies
Clipboard(s)
De-ionized water (lab certified preferred, not required)
Digital camera (with extra memory card & batteries)
Dip net
Dry ice
Fine-tipped, indelible markers
Formalin (100% buffered) with stain
Fuses (10 amp)
GPS unit (with manual & reference card, extra battery pack);
Graduated cylinder (for measuring formalin)
Knife
Livewell/buckets with aerator
Maps & access instructions
Measuring board (mm scale)









1-2


1
-50 Ibs/site




1



1
Fish Collection
Sediment Collection
Water Profile
GPS, Water Profile,
Underwater Video
Decontamination
Sediment Collection
Sediment Collection
Profile
General
General
Water Profile
General
Fish Collection
Shipping
General
Sediment Collection
Underwater Video
General
Benthos
General
Fish Collection
General
Fish Collection

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 103
Item Quantity Protocol

I
m
Multi-parameter probe water quality meter (with pH, DO, temperature,
and conductivity/ salinity probes - e.g. Hydrolab, YSI, etc.)
NCCA 2015 Fact Sheets (available on NARS SharePoint)
PAR meter (with LI-190 Quantum Sensor and LI-192 Underwater
Quantum Sensor & cables, independent datalogger)
Pencils (#2)
Plastic tub or bucket
QCS - quality check solution
Rose Bengal stain
Ruler (in cm)
Sampling permits /permission letters
Scissors
Scrub brush
Sieve box/frame (if necessary)
Spare parts
Stainless steel or Teflon spoons (large & small), spatulas, & scoops
Stainless steel mixing pot or bowl with lid
Stop watch
Thermometer
Water sampling device (e.g., Niskin) or pump system
Weights & pads for grabs
Wet ice
Wooden bat
Young-modified Van Veen grab sampler (0.04 m2) OR standard OR
Petite Ponar sampler with grab stand, plastic tub, drop line, pinch pin
Anchor (with 75 m line or sufficient to anchor in 50 m depth)
Boat horn
Bow/ Stern lights
Emergency tool kit
Extra boat plug
Fire extinguisher
First aid kit
Float (to attach to anchor)
Gas Can
Hand bilge pump
Motor
PFDs (I/person)
1
10
1
5
1
If needed
1 bottle
1

1
1
1
Various

1
1
1
1

-50
Ibs/site,
additional
for shipping
1
1












Water Profile
General, Outreach
Water Profile
General
Sediment Collection
Water Profile
Sediment Collection
General
General
General
Sediment Collection
Sediment Collection
Multi-probe
Mixing and
dispensing sediment
Sediment Collection
Underwater Video
Water Profile
Chlorophyll A
Dissolved Nutrients
Phytoplankton
Water Chemistry
Microcystin
Sediment Collection
Shipping
Fish Collection
Sediment Collection













-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 104
Item Quantity Protocol

Fingers
Sonar unit
Spare prop
Spare prop shear pin
Type IV PFD (throwable life saving device)











-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                      Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                             Page 105


APPENDIX B: FIELD FORMS, LABELS & TRACKING FORMS

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 106
SITE VERIFICATION (FRONT)
g NCCA2015SITEVERIFI
Site ID: Visit: O 1 O z
Reviewed by Initial):
L.AI ION (hront) •
Date: / /
Site Name: State of Site Location: Field Crew:

DID YOU SAMPLE THIS SITE?
O YES If YES, check one below:
SAMP LEA BLE (Choose method used|
O Marine
O Great Lakes
ARRIVAL TIME: | : 4
HABITAT TYPE: O Tidal River OOpen Water O MarsNv^and OEmbayment O Inter-Tidal O Rivermouth
O Other, explain:
BOTTOM TYPE: O Coral Reef O Oyster Bed OfcTass Bed
O Other, explain:
O Sand O Rocky/Shell OHardpan O Mud
Debris Present?: ! If Yes, TYPE:
OYES O MO I O Glass O Plastic OWood QCans O Other, explain:
SAV Present?: O Yes Ol*t ABUNDANCE:
Macroalgae Present? :O Yes ONo ABUNDANCE:
(Sparse, dense, etc)
(Sparse, dense, etc)
GENERAL COMMENTS




DIRECTIONS TO SITE




H 5924322647 03/31/2015 NCCA2015 Verification D1 H

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                            Page 107

SITE VERIFICATION (BACK)
r
Site ID:
NCCA 2015 SITE VERIFICATION (Back) R"^-1" ^
Date: / /

SKETCH MAP
Arrow Indicates North; Label Sketch:
NOTE: If an outline map is attached
with the outline map on it.
L=Launch; X=X-site; F=Fishing Area; S=Sediment Area; Y=Y Location
here, use a continuous strip of clear tape across the top edge. You can also attach a separate sheet
^f)
s
X"Vv
PERSONNEL
Crew Leader:
Fish Taxonomist:
Name:
Name:
^ 0300322640
Name:
Name:
Name:
Name:
03« 1 /20 1 5 NCC A 20 1 5 Verificali on p. ,., ^

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                                  Field Operations Manual
                                                                    Page 108
FIELD MEASUREMENT (FRONT)
           Site ID:
                                      NCCA 2015 FIELD MEASUREMENT (Front)

                                                                   Date:        /         /
                                                                                           Reviewed by (Initial):
    CALIBRATION INFORMATION
    Instrument manufacturer and model:
               Instrument ID number:
                                                                    Operator:
    O Mode exempt from field calibration protocols (e.g., Sea-Bird)
     fEMFERATURE
                  Thermometer Reading (°C)    Sensor Reading (°C)       Comments
                     Barometric
                   Pressure 4mm Hg)   Callbratian Value
                                                           Displayed Value
               DO
                                                  Qmg/L
                                                 ,0%
                                 Qmg/L
               PH
                   Cal. STD 1  Description         Cal. STD 1 Value    Cal. STD 2 Description
                                                                                          Cal. STD Z Value

                  Cal. STD 1 Description
                                             Cal. STD 1 Value    Cal. STD 2 Descr'ntlon
                                                                                          Cal. STD Z Value
    CONDUCTIVITY
    QUALITY CONTROL CHECK (Perform at least once per week)
      O No QC Check perfomied at this visit
      O Internal meter checks performed and passed

    Date Prepared:         1          1


           .ne:
          (rh:rim)
ParametBr  TEMP. (DC)  COND (MS)    pH

 Expected:

Measured:  I
       Comments:
    POST-MEASUREMENT CALIBRATION CHi/CK
                 pH      COND(uS)
       Expected:
    SECCHI DEPTH (m| XX.X:
             |iih nM:i|
                                DISAPPEARS: REAPPEARS:  CLEAR TO BOTTOM?   Yes Q   No Q
                       i                                 If yes, record station depth as both disappearance and reappearance depth for
                        Riding 1:                         Readjno ,
                        Reading 2:

                        Reading 3:
                                                        Secchi Comments:
     Flag
                 Comments
Flag and Comment here for Hydrographic Profile
          3536545517   Flag codes: K = Sample not collected; U = Suspect sample; F1, F2, etc. =  flag assigned by field crew.
                                            03/31/2015 NCCA2015 Field Measurement                          D3

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 109
FIELD MEASUREMENT (BACK)
• NCCA 2015 FIELD MEASUREMENT (Back)
Site ID: Date: /
Hydrograptiic Prof
Interva s (m : 0.1 m b
STATION DEPTH (m
XX. X

Nes
•

D
O
W
N
C
A
S
T



r Bottom
U
P
C
A
S
T


Rtvi«wtd bvllnlttal): ^^_
/
•
le
el ow surface, 0.5 below the surface, every 1 meter from depths of 1 .0 to 10m, and every 5 meters thereafter if the site is greater
than 10m. Take thelastset of me asureme nt s at 0.5m from the bottom.
eompi.i..ith.rSALQreci«C: Submitted data via eFlle Q
S AL (%J SP CON D (uSJc m) U GHT| AMB) LIGHT(UW)
DEPTH(m) TEKP. (-C) pM DO(iriiJL) (Marine) (Great Lanes) uElmzrs uEfflZfs
XX.X XX.X XX.XX XK.K XX.X XXX.X XXX.X XXX.X FLAG
0.1
0.5


















































































































































































* ^^v
1


















































V























































Flag codes: K = Sample not collected; U = Suspect sample; F1, F2, etc. = flag assigned by field crew.
Record any Profile flag and comments on front side of this field measurement form.
03/31/2015 NCCA 2015 Field Measurement

D4 —

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 110
SAMPLE COLLECTION (FRONT)
Site ID:
NCCA 2015 SAMPLE COLLECTION - (Front) flnit!a™d "* •
Date: / /

WATER CHEMISTRY , CHLOROPHYLL and NUTRIENT COLLECTION (0.5m) (CHEM, CHLA, NUTS)
Water Cheml stry ID:
(Non-Filtered)
» * t i i i *
Chlorophyll-a ID:
i i i i i i i
Nutrients ID:
(Filtered)
t i i i i i i
Chilled
O
Frozen
O
Chilled
O
Comments: No Sample Collected Q

'" (ml)"™11 Comments: No SamPle Collected Q

No Sample CollectedO
Comments:

MICROCYSTIN (MICX) No Col,ected Q
(Target Volume = 500 ml)
Sample ID: Frozen Comments:
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
O

ALGAL TOXIN (ALGX) No Co|]ected Q
(Target Volume = 500 ml)
Sample ID:

Frozen
O
Comments:

ENTEROCOCCI (ENTE) Nc ^P'6 Co"ectBd O
(Target Volume = 250 mL) Blank collected O
Sample ID:
1 I 1 1 1 1 1
Time Depth Fitt. n^tart Volume Filtered Buffer Rinse Filt. End Time
Collected Collected T:.ne (Target = 50 ml) (Target = 2 rinses of 1Qml_) Time Frozen
(hhmm
(m) (hhmm) Filt. 1 Fift. 2 Filt. 1 Filt. 1 (hhmm) (hhmm)

Comments:
GREAT LAKES ONLY
PHYTOPLANKTON (1 L narrow mouth HOPE bottle) (PHYT) Nc Sample Collected Q
Sample ID:
i * i i i _j 	 f
Preserved
O
Depth Time Time
Collected Collected Preserved

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                             Field Operations Manual
                                                             Page 111
SAMPLE COLLECTION (BACK)
       Site ID:
                                 NCCA 2015 SAMPLE COLLECTION - (Back)

                                                                 Date:         /
                                                   Reviewed tjy
                                                    (initial):  —
     BENTHIC INFAUNA COLLECTION (1L wide mouth HOPE bottle) (BENT)
                                                 No Sample Collected
     BENTHIC COLLECTION LOCATION:
     O Within 37m from X-site O Between 37-100m from X-site   O Between 100-500m from X-site

                                                  O Van Veen
      GRAB AREA (m2):
GRAB TYPE: ~ I™'   "'       O Other
          O Standard Ponar
        SIEVE SIZE: O 0-5 mm O 1-0 mm        NUMBER OF GRABS: O 1  O2  NOTE: 2 Grabs are required for samplers less than 0.03 m*
    Sample ID:
                           Depth (cm)
                        (Should be >7 cm)
                                                O
    SEDIMENT CHARACTERISTICS (BenthiC Grab)
     COLOR: O Black   O Brown   O Light Brown   O Dark Brown  O Gray   O Other

     SUBSTRATE: O Sand   OMuck  O Gravel  O Cobble   O Shellhash   O Other

     SMELL: O Fishy  O Chemical  OSuIPnur  O None   O Other

     SURFACE: O Film  O Floe   O Nothing  Noted   O Other

     VISIBLE FAUNA: O Yes   O No  TYPE:

     VISIBLE FLORA: O Yes   O No  TYPE:

    SEDIMENT SAMPLE COLLECTION
     SEDIMENT COLLECTION LOCATION;
     O Within 37m from X-site O Between 37-100m from X-site   fj Between 100-500m from X-site
    SEDIMENT TOXICITY (0.6 gal Screw Top Bu.cf«»^r-DX) (Target = 900mL)
                                                                                         No Sample Collected
    Sample ID:
                         O

    SEDIMENT ORGANIC5/METALS (Gla?s jar 120 ml) (SEDO) (Target = 100 mL)
    Sample ID:
                        Fro zan L irr. nents:
                                                 No Sample Collected Q
                         O
    SEDIMENT TOC (Glass Jar 60ml) (SEDC) (Target = 50 mL)
                                                                                         No Sample Collected
    Sample ID:
                        Frozen Comments:
                         O
    SEDIMENT GRAIN SIZE(1 Qt. Ziplock)(SEDG) (Targets 100 mL)
                                                 No Sample Collected
    Sample ID:
                         O
     Use comment section to explain: No measurement, suspect measurement or observation made.

     9  2*33462138                     03/31/2015   NCCA 2015 Sample Collection
                                                                                               D6

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                       Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                                 Page 112

Eco FISH COLLECTION (FRONT)
                                  NCCA 2015 ECO FISH COLLECTION (Front)
       Site ID:                                                      Date:        /
    Trawl
       Zone(s): O Within 500m from X-site   O Between 500-1000m from X-site

       Start Time:       :         End Time:        :                                       Fished as:
                1    '   ' '   '   '           '   '   ' '   '   '                                O Bottom Trawl
       Gear Details: Opening size (m):           h»               Mesh size (cm):
                              v  ' 	 DV 	                ' 	   O Mid-Water Trawl
       O Attempted and caught target fish   O Attempted and failed to catch target fish   O Attempted and failed to catch any fish
    Seine
       Zone(s): O Within 500m from X-site   O Between 500-1000m from X-site

       Start Time:       :         End Time:        :

       Gear Details:  Length (m):             Height (m):            Mesh size (cm):
       O Attempted and caught target fish   O Attempted and failed to catch target fish   C Attempted and failed to catch any fish
    Gill Net
       Zone(s): O Within 500m from X-site   O Between 500-1000m from X-i:™
                                                            ,C*2
       Start Time:       :         End Time:        :
                i    i   i i   i   i           i   i   i i   i   i
       GearDefaiis:  Length (m):             Height (m):            Mesh size (cm):
                                            noted and i^il
   O Attempted and caught target fish  O Attempted and lulled to catch target fish   O Attempted and failed to catch any fish

Comments:
    Hook and Line
       Zone(s): O Within 500m from X-site   C Between 500-1000m from X-site

       Start Time:       :         E'd"irne:        :
                                  [X
       Gear Details:
       O Attempted and caught target fish   O Attempted and failed to catch target fish   O Attempted and failed to catch any fish
    Other:
       Zone(s): O Within 500m from X-site   O Between 500-1 OOOrn from X-site
       Start Time:       :         End Time:        :

       Gear Details:
       O Attempted and caught target fish   O Attempted and failed to catch target fish   O Attempted and failed to catch any fish

    Comments:
         4640348526                   04AJ2/2015  NCCA2015 ECO Fish CoHeclion (Front)                      Q^

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 113
Eco FISH COLLECTION (BACK)
• NCCA 2015 ECO FISH COLLECTIO
Site ID: Date: /
Reviewed by (inltia : ^_
N (Back) * •
/

FISH TISSUE SAMPLE (FTIS) MO SAMPLE COLLECTED O
FISH ALL WITHIN 75% OF LARGEST SPECIMEN Q
FISH ARE ALL THE SAME SPECIES Q
FISH COMPOSITE TOTAL MASS IS AT LEAST 300 GRAMS Q
Sample ID Total Length (mm Total Length (mm Total Length (mm)
Frozen: Q 1
Scientific Name (Genus Species) 2
3
4
The eco fish composite must consist of at least 5 fish of 5
qr]e>qi |qtp QJJP tn prnyjrlp H fntal Weight nf 3flfl rjr^m« "f
whole-body tissue, 6
7
8
9
10
11 21
12 22
13 23
14 24
15 25
15 | 26
17 27
18 28
19 29
20 30
Comments:
FISH TISSUE PLUG SAMPLES (FPLG) NO SAMPLE COLLECTED Q
FISH PLUG SAMPLE COLLECTED FROM SAME SPF.CIMEN AS ECO FISH SAMPLE?
O* ON If No, answer the following:
O FISH ALL WITHIN 75% OF . AK^EST SPECIMEN
O FISH ARE ALL THE SPL'.F. k SECIES
COLLECTION MET.OL
O TRAWL ^ HOOK & LINE Q SEINE Q GILL NET O PURCHASED DOCKSIDE
O OTHER EXPLAIN:

Sample ID Scientific 'Name (Genus Spec es)
i i i i i i i

Length(mm) Weight(g)


Comments:
1 7610492266 OM1/2015 NCCA 201 5 ECO Fish Collection (Back) Qg I

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                                                Field Operations Manual
                                                                                Page 114
SITE ASSESSMENT (FRONT)
     Site ID:
                                  NCCA 2015 SITE ASSESSMENT (Front)
                                                               Date:        /         /
     SHORELINE ACTIVITIES  AND DISTURBANCES
                                      (Intensity: Blank=Nol observed, L=Low. NT=Moderate, H=Heaw)
                                                    BLANK FIELD INDICATES ABSENCE:  f")
          Residential
                                Recreational
                                                      Agricultural
                                                                          Industrial
                                                                      Management
    O  O  O Residences
    O  O  O Maintained Lawns
    0  ©  ©Construction
    O  0  O Pipes. Drains
    O  0  O Dumping
    O  0  O R°ads
    O0© Bridges/Causeway
    O  0  O Sewage Treatment
0 0 O Hiking Trails
0 0 O Parts, Campgrounds
O 0 © Primitive Parks, Camping
©0© Trash/Litter
©0© Surface Films
0 0 O Dim«s
O 0 © Beach
O0© Forested
          000 Cropland
          000 Pasture
          00© Livestock USB
          0 0 © Orchards
          00© Poultry
          O 0 0 Irrigation Equip.
          0 0 © water Withdrawn
0 0 0 Industrial Plants
000 Mines/Quarries
O © O OilrtSas Wfelk
© 0 © Power Plants
O 0 0 Logging
O 0 O Evidence of File
© © © Odors
© © ©Commercial
000 Chemical Treatment
0 0 O Angling Pressure
© © 0 Dredging
© © © Channefization
© © © Water Level Fluctuations
0 0 0 Shoreline Hardening
© © © Dredge Material
     SITE CHARACTERISTICS (200m radius)
     WATERBODY CHARACTER
    PRISTINE:  OS  O4  O3   O2  O1    Highly DisUirbad
    APPEALING: ©5  ©4  O3   ©2   ©1   Unappealing
     ASSESSMENT OF VISIBLE TRASH IN WATER (AQUATIC TRASH)  B: AN.' FIELD INDICATES ABSENCE Q
         Items Observed
          Aluminum Cans
           Plastic Bottles
       Other Plastic  Items
                   Tires
            Fishing Gear
                  Other
  Qty. Observed
 <5    5-20   >20
                          O
                          O
       O
       O
       O
       O
       O
       O
O
O
O
O
O
C!
                                            List:
     DOMINANT LAND USE
     Dominant Land Use Around '.<'  Ol-orest   ©Agriculture  ©Range  ©Urban  © Suburbann~own
     If Forest, Dominant Age Class  O 0 - 25 yrs   © 26 - 75 yrs.   Q>75 yrs.
     WEATHER
     GENERAL ASSESSMENT  [Biotic integrity, Vegetation diversity, Local anecdotal information)
          6659424523
                                            04/07/2015 NCCA 2015 Site Assessment
                                                                                                D9

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                               Field Operations Manual

Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 115


SITE ASSESSMENT (BACK)
     ,                     NCCA 2015 SITE ASSESSMENT (Back)


      Site ID:                                      Date:      /       /
   GENERAL ASSESSMENT (continued)
                       ___

        1641424529                                                          n.n
                                 03/31/2015 NCCA2015SiteAssessment                   D10

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                                       Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                                               Page 116

HUMAN HEALTH FISH COLLECTION (FRONT)
      r                    NCCA 2015 HUMAN HEALTH FISH COLLECTION (Front) RMmat,t,MW:
                                              Great Lakes Only
       Site ID:                                                     Date:        /         /
    Trawl
       Zone(s): O Within 500m from X-site   O Between 500-1 OOOm from X-site  O Between 1000-1500m from X-site

       Start Time:       :         End Time:        :                                     Fished as:
                                                                                     O Bottom Trawl
       Gear Details: Opening size(m):          hi/              Mesh  size (cm):            m,^**, 4.  -r
                              1  ' 	 DJ 	              *   ' 	   O Mid-Water Trawl
       O Attempted and caught target fish  O Attempted and failed to catch target fish  O Attempted and failed to catch any fish
    Seine
       Zone(s): O Within 500m from X-site   O Between 500-1 OOOrn from X-site  O Between 1000-1500m from X-site

       Start Time:       :         End Time:        :

       GearDetaiis: Length (m):             Height (m):            Mesh size (cm):
                                                                           ,
       O Attempted and caught target fish  O Attempted and failed to catch target fish  C A'.tempted and failed to catch any fish

    Comments:
   Gill Net
       Zone(s): O Within 500m from X-site   O Between 500-1 OOOrn from X Vf*>  O Between 1000-1500m from X-site
                                                           V?
       Start Time:       :         End Time:

       GearDetaiis: Length (m):             Height (m):            Mesh size (cm):
       O Attempted and caught target fish  O Attempted and lulled to catch target fish  O Attempted and failed to catch any fish

      nments:
    Hook and Line
       Zone(s): O Within 500m from X-site   C Between 500-1 OOOm from X-site  O Between 1000-1500m from X-site

       Start Time:       :         E'd"'rne:        :

       Gear Details:
       O Attempted and caught target fish  O Attempted and failed to catch target fish  O Attempted and failed to catch any fish
    Other:
       Zone(s): O Within 500m from X-site   O Between 500-1 OOOrn from X-site  O Between 1000-1500m from X-site

       Start Time:       :         End Time:        :

       GearDetaiis:
       O Attempted and caught target fish  O Attempted and failed to catch target fish  O Attempted and failed to catch any fish
         133727 6098                   04/02/2015  NCCA 2015 Human Health Fish Collection (Front)               Q^

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                               Field Operations Manual
                                               Page 117
HUMAN HEALTH FISH COLLECTION (BACK)
      Site ID:
                          NCCA 2015 HUMAN HEALTH FISH COLLECTION (Back) «*«
                                             Great Lakes Only
                                                              Date:       /         /
     HUMAN HEALTH FISH TISSUE SAMPLE (HTIS)
                                                                                NO SAMPLE COLLECTED Q
                                                                   FISH ALL WITHIN 75% OF LARGEST SPECIMEN

                                                                            FISH ARE ALL THE SAME SPECIES
    Sample ID
                                                      Total Length (mm)       Total Length (mm)      Total Length (mm)
                               Frozen: Q
.01
                  .11
                                    .21
    Scientific Name (Genus Species)
                                                  .02
                                                                    .12
                                                                                      .22
                                                  .03
                                                                    .13
                                                                                      .23
                                                  .04
                                                                    .14
     The human health fish composite ideally consists of 5 fish of
     adequate size to provide a total weight of 500 grams (equivalent to
     about 13 02. J of fillet tissue.  Fewer or more fish can be collected to
     meet the fillet tissue weight requirement.
.05
                  .15
                     _|	
                                                  .06
                                                                    .15
                                                  .07
                                                                    .17
                                                  .08
                                                  .09
                                                  .10
                                                                    .18
                                                                    .19
                                                                    .20
                                                                                      .24
                                    .25
                                                                                      .26
                                                                                      .27
                                                                                      .28
                                                                                      .29
                                                                                      .30
                                             o

         2835224626
                                    03/31/2015   NCCA2015 Human Health Fish Collection (Bach)
                                                                                          D12

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 118
SAMPLE I

.ABELS (MARINE)
WATER CHEMISTRY (CHEM) WATER COLUMN CHLOROPHYLL (CHLA)
Site ID: Site ID:
Date: / /?01 VhitfcOl O? D.-itr?: 	 / 	 /701_ Visit »:O1 O?
T4 999000 fa Volume Filtered: ml
999001
NUTRIENTS (NUTS) MICROCYSTIN (MICX)
Site ID: Site ID:
Date: 	 / 	 /201 Visit ft O1O2 Date: 	 / 	 /201 Visit #:OlO2
T1 9990D2 T, Salinity: (K.)
999003
BENTHIC INFAUNA (BENT) SEDII^tN i TOC (SEDC)
Site ID: S ;e P.
Date: / /201 Visit «: Ol O2 Date: 	 i 	 /201_ Visit »: Ol O2
Salinity: (#.) Jar 1 of „ 999005
999004
SEDIMENT GRAIN SIZE (SEDG) SEDIMENT ORGANICS/METAL (SEDO)
Site ID: Site ID:
Date: / /201 Visit »: Ol O2 Date: 	 / 	 /201_ Visit *: Ol O2
T2 999006 T3 999007
0°
SEDIMENT TOXICITY (SEDX) ALGAL TOXIN (ALGX)
Site ID: . n, ' Site ID:
Date: / /201 Visi' h- Cl O2 Dale: / /201 Visit »: Ol O2
_ 999008 Salinrtv: (M
999009
FISH TISSUE PLUG (FPLG) ECO FISH TISSUE - OUTER BAG
Site ID: T6 Site ID:
Date: / /201 	 Visit ft Ol O? Date: 	 / 	 /201 	 Visit #: Ol O?
T;j 999010 Genjs Species:
Lenjitn fimm] Min.: Max.:
999012
ECO FISH TISSUE - INNER BAG 	 OF 	 ECO FISH TISSUE - INNER BAG 	 OF 	
Site ID: Site ID:
Date: 	 / 	 /201_ Visit »: Ol O2 Date: 	 / 	 /201_ Visit #: Ol O2
Genus Species: Genus Species:
Lensth (mm) Min.: Max.: Length (mm) Min.: Max.:
999012 999012

ENTEROCOCCI (ENTE) - BAG ^ E
Site ID: ^  >

_j
E
T-H
^H
O
. . 01
*J 01
~ 0!
"5
>
Benthic Infauna (BENT) ECO Fish Tissue (FTIS)
Site ID:
Site ID:
Date: / /201 Visit #: O1 O2
Date: / /201 Visit # O1 O2
Length (mm) Mm.: Max.:
Sampler Tvpe: Baa of

nnllprtnr/i^ SAMPLE ID:
Jar of

SAMPLE ID:



ECO FISH TISSUE (FTIS) - EXTRA
Site ID-

Date: / /201 Visit #: 01 02

Lenath: mm Baa of
SAMPLE ID


BENTHIC INFAUNA (BENT) - EXTRA JAR

Date: / /201 Visit #: O1 O2

Jar of
SAMPLE ID:

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 119
SAMPLE LABELS (GREAT LAKES)
WATER CHEMISTRY (CHEM) WATER COLUMN CHLOROPHYLL (CHLA)
Site ID: Site ID:
Date: 	 / 	 /201_ Visit tf: Ol O2 Date: / /201 Visit »: Ol O2
999200 T« Volume Filtered: ml
999201
NUTRIENTS (NUTS) MICROCYSTIN (MICX)
Site ID: Site ID:
Date: 	 / 	 /201_ Visit tf: Ol O2 Date: 	 / 	 /201_ Visit »: Ol O2
T1 999202 T3 999203
V
BENTHICINFAUNA(BENT) SEDIu^NrTOC (SEDC)
Site ID: Site r.
Date: / /201 Visit 8: Ol O2 Date: / /201 Visit 8: Ol O2
T4 999204 TD 999205
SEDIMENT GRAIN SIZE (SEDG) PEDIMENT ORGANICS/METAL (SEDO)
Site ID: Site ID:
Date- / /201 Visit tf- Ol O2 Date- / /201 Visit #• Ol O2
T2 999206 T3 999207
0°
SEDIMENT TOXICITY (SEDX) ALGALTOXIN (ALGX)
Site ID: Site ID:
Date: / /201 Visi'tt. Oi O2 Date: / /201 Visit #: Ol O2
T2 999208 T3
999209
FISH TISSUE PLUG (FPLG) ECO FISH TISSUE - OUTER BAG
Site ID: T5 Site ID:
Date: / /201 Visit »: Ol O2 Date: / /201 Visit »: Ol O?
( f^, 999210 Genus Species:
Length (mm) Min.: Max.:
999212
ECO FISH TISSUE - INNER BAG 	 OF 	 ECO FISH TISSUE - INNER BAG 	 OF 	
Site ID: Site ID:
Date: / /201 Visit tf: Ol O2 Date: / /201 Visit ff: Ol O2
Genus Species: Genus Species:
Length (mm) Min,: Max.: Length (mm) Min.: Max.:
999212 999212
ENTEROCOCCI (ENTE) - BAG ^
Site ID: -H _
Date: / /201 Visit #:O1 O2 -3
±l ~ 3
Vol. Fill: 1 ml 2 ml "- iz 01
999011 1



PHYTOPLANKTON (PHYT)
Site ID:
Date: / /201 Visit S:O1 O2
T2 999013
HH FISH TISSUE WHOLE (HTIS)
Site ID:
Date: 	 / 	 /201_ Visit S:Ol O2
Genus Species:
Length: mm
999014.01
HH FISH TISSUE WHOLE (HTIS)
Site ID:
Date: / /201 Visit S: Ol O2
Gen us Species:
Length: mm
999014.02
HH FISH TISSUE WHOLE (HTIS)
Sitp ID:
Ddle: / /201 Vi-.il B:O1 O2
Gen us Species:
Length: mm
999014.03
HH FISH TISSUE WHOLE (HTIS)
Site ID:
Date: 	 / 	 /201_ Visit ft. Ol O2

99901404
HH FISH TISSUE WHOLE (HTIS)
Site ID:
Date: 	 / 	 /'201 	 Visit «:OlO2
Gen us Species:
Length: mm
999014.05
HH FISH TISSUE WHOLE (HTIS) - BAG
Site ID:
Date: 	 / 	 /201_ Visit S:O1 O2
Genus Species:
Length range: mm to mm
999014

_i _i
E E
_a*
c
(N ^H [B rH
•• «H m iH
i-O  >

Benthic Infauna (BENT) ECO Fish Tissue (FTIS)
Site ID:
Site ID:
ECO FISH TISSUE (FTIS) - EXTRA
Site ID:

Date: / /2Q1 Visit #. O1 O2 Datp
Date / /201 Visit if: O1 O2
Length (mm) Min : Max
Sampler Type Bag ^

Ler
Colleotor(s) SAMPLE ID.
BEN
Jar of
SAMPLE ID: Hate



: / /201 Visit #: O1 O2
ath: mm Baa of
SAMPLE ID

THIC INFAUNA (BENT) - EXTFJA JAR
Site ID:
/ /201 Visit #: O1 O2
Jar of
SAMPLE ID:


-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
           Page 120
SITE AND SAMPLE STATUS/WATER CHEMISTRY LAB TRACKING
£ NCCA 2015 SITE AND SAMPLE STATUS/WATER CHEMISTRY LAB TRACKING £
Site ID: Visit #:Q1 O2 Date Collected: / /
State of Site Location: Crew:
Sender: Sender Phone: - -
Shipped by: O FedEx O UPS O Hand Delivery O Other:
Airbill/Tracking Number: Date Sent: / /
Site Status - Is Site Sampleable?
O YES If Yes, check one below
SAMPLEABLE (Choose method used)
O Marine
O Great Lakes
Sample Status - Water Chemistry Lab Samples
Sent to State
Sample Sent to (Note in Not
Sample ID Type WRS Comments) Collected
CHEM O O O
CHLA O O O
t NUTS O O O
Sample Status - Batch Samples
Sample Not
Type Collected Collected Comments
ALGX O O
BENT O O
ENTE O O
FPLG O O
FTIS O O
wiicx O O
SEDC O O
SEDG O O
O NO If No, check one below
NON-SAMPLEABLE-PERMANENT-Replace Site
O M ap Error
O Site too shallow for navigation/sampling
Q Unsafe
O No Access
NON-SAMPL E/ e.. t-TEMPORARY-Re schedule
O Temporarily h ic*.ii-ii/a.i
Email:monaco,pr,il
-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
           Page 121
TRACKING: BATCH SAMPLES - OVERNIGHT (CHILLED)
Y NCCA
State of Site Location:
Sender:
Shipped by: O FedEx O UPS
Site ID:
Sample
Sample ID Type
SEDG
SEDX
PHYT*
2015 TRACKING: BATCH SAMPLES - OVERNIGHT (CHILLED) ^
Crew: Date Sent: j }
Sender Phone: - —
O Hand Delivery Airbill/Tracking Number:
Visit: Q1 Q 2 Date Collected: / /
Containers Comments



* Great Lakes Only
O GLEC - Traverse City
O STATE LAB (provide details below)
State Lab Name:
State Lab address:
City:
V
jt /*?: Zip Code:

Save completed form as:
Tracking Related Inquiries:
NCCA15_T2_Tratking_ShelD_V» Marlys Cappaert
Phone: 541 -754-4467
Email to :
sampletraikiriE@epa.gov Michelle Cover
Phone: 541-754-4793
Or fax to: 541-754-4637
^. 0046154808 A
^ 03/31 CO 15 NCCA 2015 Tracking- Batch Overnight Chilled J2

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 122
Ti
IACKING: BATCH SAMPLES - OVERNIGHT (DRY ICE)
Y NCCA 2015 TRACKING: BATCH SAMPLES - OVERNIGHT (DRY ICE) ^
State of Site Location: Crew: Date Sent: / /
Sender:

Sender Phone: - —
Shipped by: O FedEx O UPS O Hand Delivery Airbill/Tracking Number:
Sits ID:
Sample ID







Sample #
Type Cont*
ALGX
ENTE
MICX
FPLG
SEDC
SEDO
Visit; Q1 Q 2 Date Collected: f f
of
liners Comments






O GLEC - Traverse City
rr
O STATE LAB (provide details below)
State Lab Name:
State Lab address
City:

.
-_ X S,:.ie: Zip Code:

Save completed form as:
NCCA15_T3_Tracti ing_S[tel D_V»
Email to :
sa m p let rack imj@e pa .gov
Or fax to: 541-754-4637
^ 2882141152
Tracking Related Inquiries:
Marlys Cappaert
Phone: 541 -754-4467
Michelle Cover
Phone: 541-754-4793
03/31/2015 NCCA 201 5 Tracking- Batch Overnight T3 ^


-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                              Field Operations Manual
                                                             Page 123
TRACKING: BATCH SAMPLES - GROUND (No ICE)
                       NCCA 2015 TRACKING: BATCH SAMPLES - GROUND (NO ICE)
    State of Site Location:

    Sender:
                                                 Sender Phone:
    Shipped by: O FedEx  O UPS  O Hand Delivery  AirbilUTracking Number:
    Site ID:
                                          Visit: O 1  O2    Date Collected:
       Sample ID
                   Sample Type
                    BENT
       O GLEC - Traverse City

       O STATE LAB (provide details below)
       State Lab Name:
                             •$•
       State Lab address:
                                              je
       City:
      Save completed form as:
Tracking Related Inquiries:
      NCCA15_T4_Tracking_SitelD_V8

      Email to :
      sa m pletracki ng@epa.gov

      Or fax to: 541-754-4637


         1747216659
  Marlys Cappaert
   Phone: 541 -754-4467

  Michelle Gover
   Phone: 541-754-4793
                                  03/31/2015 NCCA 201S Tracking - Batch Ground Shipping
                                                                                       T4

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
           Page 124
TRACKING: Eco FISH TISSUE - OVERNIGHT (DRY ICE)
Y NCCA 2015 TRACKING: ECO FISH TISSUE - OVERNIGHT (DRY ICE) ^
State of Site Location: Crew: Date Sent: / /
Sender:
Sender Phone: _ _
Shipped by: O FedEx O UPS O Hand Delivery Airbill/Tracking Number:
Sits ID: Visit: Q 1
FISH ALL WITHIN 75%
Sample ID
Frozen: O
Scientific Name (Genus Species) '
:
i
The eca fish composite must consist of at least 5 fish of j
adequate size to provide a total weight of 300 grams of
whole- body tissue I
•
t
i
i

O 2 Date Collected: / /
OF LARGEST SPECIMEN Q FISH ARE ALL THE SAME SPECIES Q
FISH COMPOSITE TOTAL MASS IS AT LEAST 300 GRAMSQ
Total Length (mm Total Length (mm Total Length (mm)
11 21
! 12 22
I 13 23
I 14 24
S 1C 25
t ,6 26
f (?) 17 27
t 18 28
i 19 29
0 20 30

Fish crew, if different than site crew
Crew Leader:
Fish Taxonornist:
Name:
Name:
Name:
Name:
Name:
Name:
OGLEQ - Traverse City State Lab Name:
O STATE LAB (provide details)
State Lab address:
Save completed form as:
City: State: Zip Code:
Tracking Related Inquiries:
NCCAI5 T5 Tra<:king_SiteID Vfl MarlYs Cappaert
Phone:541-754-4467
E ma i I to : sa m p let ra ck inge pa .gov 0 r ; a x to : 54 1- 7 54-4637
Michelle Cover
Phone:541-754-4793
^. 4955494336 A
^ 03/31/2018 NCCA 2015 Tracking - ECO Fish Tissue T5

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 125
TRACKING: PACKS
A NCCA 201 5 TRACKING: PACKS A
Sender: Sender Phone: _ _
State of Site Location: Crew:
Shipped By: O FedEx O UPS Q Hand Delivery Date Sent: / /
Airbill/Tracking Number:


Site ID


















Date Sample Collected
MMIDD/YYYY


















Visit
O1
O2
O1
O2
O1
O2
O1
O2
O1
O2
O1
O2
O1
O2
O1
O2
CM
02
01
02
01
02
Oi
02
01
02
01
02
01
02
01
02
CM
O2
O1
O2
Comments


















Packet Lab ' Completed by Lab Save completed form as: Tracking Related Inquiries:
Attn: Marlys Cappaert
C/Q USEPA - WED Divisit
200 SW 35th St
Corvallis, OR 97333
Email:
cappaert.marlys@epa.go
| Date Received: NCCA15_T6_TrarkiriL_SitelDVS Marlys Cappaert
>n i , Phone:541-754-4467
Email to : samp let rackine@epa.gov '
Received by: • E i
Michelle Gover
Or fax to1 541 754 46'7 Phort&1 541 -7e>4-47cl3
/
i i
• 1857175712 -r- A
03/31/2015 NCCA 2015 Tracking - PACKS I D ^f

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
           Page 126
TRACKING: HUMAN HEALTH WHOLE FISH SAMPLE - OVERNIGHT (DRY ICE)
m NCCA 2015 TRACKING: HUMAN HEALTH WHOLE FISH SAMPLE - OVERNIGHT (DRY ICE) "^
Great Lakes Only
State of Site Location: Crew Date Sent: / /
Sender:
Sender Phone: - —
Shipped by: O FedEx O Hand Delivery Airbill/Tracking Number:
Site ID:
Visit: Q1 Q 2 Date Collected: j
./ 	
FISH ALL WITHIN 75% OF LARGEST SPECIMEN Q
FISH ARE ALL THE SAME SPECIES Q
Sample ID

Total Length (mm) Total Length (mm) Total Length |mm)
Frozen: Q .01
Scientific Name (Genus Species)
.03
The human health fish eomposil
adequate size to provide a total
about 18 oz.) of fillet tissue. Few
meet the fillet tissue weight requ
.04
weight of 500 grams (equivalent to Q^
fer or more fish can be collected to
Irement. ~~
,w
.07
.08
.11
.12
.13
.14
.15
I
.17
\^ .18
.OJ .19
.10
.20
^^^^^^
Comments:
.21
.22
.23
.24
.25
.26
.27
.28
.29
.30

s
Lab
Save completed form as: Tracking Related Inquiries:
Attar Michael Arbaugh NCCAl5_T7_Tracking_SrtelD_V« Marlys Cappaert
c/o Microbac Laboratories f*10"6 : 541 -754-4467
2101 Van Deman Street Email to : sampletracking@epa.gov
Baltimore, MD 21224 ^helle Gover
41 0-633-1 800 Or fax to: 541-754-4637
^ 7896567T83
03y31/2015 NCCA 2015 Tracking - Human Health Fish Tissue Fillet T7 ^

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 127
TRACKING: UVID
A NCCA 2015 TRACKING: UVID A
Sender: Sender Phone: _ _
State of Site Location: Crew:
Shipped By: Q FedEx O UPS O Hand Delivery Date Sent:
• *
Airbill/Tracking Number:

Site ID


















Date Sample Collected
MMIDD/YYYY


















Visit
O1
O2
O1
O2
O1
O2
O1
O2
O1
O2
O1
02
01
02
01
02
CM
O2
O1
O2
O1
O2
Oi
02
01
02
01
02
01
02
01
02
CM
O2
O1
O2
file Name


















UVID Lab Completed by Lab Save completed forms as:
USEPA - MED
6201 Cong don Blvd
Duluth, MN 55804
Phone: 218-529-5122
Contact: Julie Lietz
Date Received:
/ ;
Received

NCCA15_T8_Trac ki ng_Site I D_VS
Email to : sampletracking@epa.gov
Or fax to: 541-754-4637
/ /

Comment?


















Tracking Related Inquiries:
Marlys Cappaert
Phone: 541-754-4497
Michelle Gover
Phone: 541-754-4793
• 1025389514 xo A
03/31/2015 NCCA 2015 Tracking -UVID lo ^f

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                            Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                          Page 128

APPENDIX C: SHIPPING AND TRACKING GUIDELINES
TRACKING FORMS
Each tracking form has been assigned a "T" page number to help crews identify the correct
tracking form to use when sending samples. This "T" number is located on the bottom right
corner of each tracking form.  Crews will also find reference to the same "T" numbers on the
individual samples labels and on the top of the pre-printed FedEx return labels provided in
the site kits.

Crews include copies of all tracking forms in the coolers when they send samples to the labs.
They have several different options for electronically submitting sample and tracking
information. A hard copy of the sample tracking  form must be submitted to the lab in  the
cooler and an electronic copy must be submitted to NARS IM using one of four options. If a
cooler contains samples from more than one site, then multiple forms must be placed  in the
cooler and submitted to NARS IM.

In order of preference, the options are:

    1. Using the NCCA mobile App, enter data and tracking information into the NCCA App
      and submit the tracking information. An email will pop up on your device with  the
      NARSFieldData@epa.gov address. Copy yourself, any other crew members or managers,
      and click send. This form will be returned to you via email after a few minutes in a
      portable document format (PDF). It may be printed and  used as the form for the
      cooler shipment.
    2. Using a handheld device or portable computer, enter data into a fillable PDF form,
      save, and submit it via email. Please name these files in the following format:
      NCCA15_T#_Tracking_SitelD_V#, where T#' is the number of the tracking form and
      W is the visit number (i.e. NCCA15_T1_Tracking_NCCA15-1061_V1) before emailing or
      using the SUBMIT button. Send the file via email to sampletracking@epa.gov. It may be
      printed and used as the form for the cooler shipment.
    3. Hand-enter data on a paper form. Photograph or scan the form with a handheld device
      or office scanner. Attach the file (in PDF  version) to an email and address to
      sampletracking@epa.gov. Please name these files in the following format:
      NCCA15_T#_Tracking_SitelD_V#, where T#' is the number of the tracking form and
      W is the visit number (i.e. NCCA15_T1_Tracking_NCCA15-1061_V1). Be sure that the
      file scanned  is clear and legible.  Genius Scan or Cam Scanner are great apps that are
      available for free that will help to ensure that the scan is clear and legible. After
      scanning, include the form in the cooler.
    4. Hand-enter data on a paper form. Fax the form to the number printed on the form.
      After faxing, include the form in the cooler.

It is very important  to submit the Site and Sample Status/Water Chemistry Lab Tracking
form immediately after every sampling event. Prompt status reports allow the FLC to closely
track sampling progress. More importantly, it enables NARS IM to track samples that were
collected at each site versus those that were not, and to immediately track the shipment of
the time-sensitive samples after each sampling event.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                            Page 129

If the crew visits a site with the intention of sampling, but determines the site to be
unsampleable (either temporarily or permanently), the site status portion of the Site and
Sample Status/Water Chemistry Lab Tracking form needs to be completed and submitted,
but the Water chemistry and Batch sample status tracking portion of the form can remain
blank.

Daily Form:

Tl - SITE & SAMPLE STATUS/WATER CHEMISTRY LAB TRACKING FORM
         •   Complete the Site and Sample Status/Water Chemistry Lab Tracking form for
             the samples that are shipped immediately after each sampling event (water
             chemistry (CHEM), chlorophyll A (CHLA), dissolved nutrients (NUTS)).
         •   Send an electronic copy of this form to NARS IM using one of the options listed
             above. This serves as the "status report" for that sampling event.
         •   Ship all of the samples to the lab in the same cooler with  a hard copy of this
             form.
         •   Samples from two sites may  be shipped together in a single cooler if they were
             collected on the same  day.
         •   Samples need to be shipped  on fresh wet ice.
         •   Water chemistry samples should be shipped within 24 hours of collection.
Batch Forms:

         •   Crews may hold BATCHED  samples and ship them within the designated time
             frame.
         •   Electronically send the tracking form(s) to NARS IM when the samples are
             SHIPPED using one of the options listed above.
         •   Use one form for each  site's worth of samples in the cooler, (i.e. if you have
             batched samples from  4 sites in the cooler, there should be 4 forms
             completed).
         •   Include paper copies of the forms in the cooler.
         •   All samples in the cooler should be listed on one of the included tracking
             forms.

T2 -TRACKING: BATCH SAMPLES - OVERNIGHT (CHILLED) FORM
         •   Use this form for shipping  batches of chilled samples:
             •  Sediment toxicity
             •  Sediment grain size
             •  Phytoplankton (Great Lakes sites only)
         •   Up to 3 site's worth of  samples may be shipped together in a single cooler.
         •   Samples need to be shipped  on fresh wet ice
         •   Chilled batched samples should be shipped at least every week

T3 -TRACKING: BATCH SAMPLES - OVERNIGHT (FROZEN) FORM
         •   Use this form for shipping  batches of frozen  samples:
             •  Microcystins
             •  Algal Toxins
             •  Enterococci

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                             Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                             Page 130

             •  Fish tissue plugs
             •  Sediment TOC
             •  Sediment Organics/Metals
             •  Ecofish samples (may be shipped separately)
          •  2-3 site's worth of samples may be shipped together in a single cooler,
             depending on whether the ecofish sample is included and the size of the fish
             comprising that sample.
          •  Samples need to be shipped with approximately 20 pounds of dry ice
          •  Frozen batched samples  should be shipped at least every 2 weeks

T4 -TRACKING: BATCH SAMPLES - GROUND (No ICE) FORM
          •  Use this form for shipping batches of non-chilled samples:
             •  Benthic Macroinvertebrates
          •  Up to 12 site's worth of samples may be shipped together in a single cooler,
             depending on whether more than one bottle of sample was collected at a  site.
          •  Samples need to be shipped with absorbent material and no ice.
          •  Non-chilled batched samples should be shipped every 2-3 weeks.

NOTE: Federal regulations and FedEx rules allow for ground shipping of certain quantities of
flammable liquids WITHOUT the need for special certifications and labeling.  Flammable
liquids may NOT be shipped via air carrier unless shipper is trained and qualified to do so and
specific documentation and labeling requirements are met.

The Code of Federal Regulations (49 CFR Section 173.150) lists the exceptions which allow
shipping of flammable liquids via ground carrier without labeling or special certifications.
Ethanol and formalin can be considered to be in either Packaging Group 2 or 3, so we use the
more stringent PC 2 as our guideline.   The limited quantity exclusion allows ground shipping
of PC 2 flammable liquids provided that the individual containers inside the package are not
over 1.0 liters each, that the gross weight of the package does not exceed 66 pounds, and
that the outer packaging is a sturdy container. Please ensure that your shipment meets these
criteria to ensure the legal ground shipment of these samples.

T5 -TRACKING: Eco FISH TISSUE - OVERNIGHT (DRY ICE) FORM
          •  Use this form for shipping batches of frozen eco fish samples:
          •  Eco Fish samples may be sent in the same cooler as the other frozen batched
             samples listed above or may be sent separately.
          •  2-4 site's worth of samples may be shipped together in a single cooler,
             depending on whether eco fish are included and the size of the eco fish
             sample.
          •  Samples need to be shipped with approximately 20 pounds of dry ice
          •  Frozen batched samples  should be shipped at least every 2 weeks

T6 -TRACKING: PACKS FORM
          •  If utilizing paper field forms, review and ship all field forms in the envelope
             provided in the site kit to NARS IM every 2 weeks.
          •  Before shipping,  make copies or scans for your records and as a backup in the
             event the forms are lost during shipping.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                     Field Operations Manual
                                                  Page 131
T7 -TRACKING: HUMAN HEALTH WHOLE FISH SAMPLE - OVERNIGHT (DRY ICE) FORM [SELECT
GREAT LAKES SITES ONLY]
          •  Use this form for shipping frozen human health fish tissue samples.
          •  More than one site's worth of samples may be shipped together in a single
             cooler, depending on the size of the fish.
          •  Samples need to be shipped with 50 pounds of dry ice.
          •  Human health fish tissue samples should be shipped within 2 weeks of
             collection.

T8 -TRACKING: UVID FORM [GREAT LAKES ONLY]
          •  Use this form for shipping the EPA-provided USB flash  drive containing all
             underwater video recorded during the season.
          •  Before shipping, make copies of the video files for your records and as a
             backup in the event the forms are lost during shipping.


SHIPPING GUIDELINES
Samples will be shipped according to the chart in Appendix C: Shipping and Tracking
Guidelines. The Field Crew Leader will complete the appropriate tracking form for the
samples and will submit tracking via one of the options listed in the tracking forms section
above. The Field Crew Leader will place the samples and the tracking form (in a waterproof
bag or plastic sleeve) in a shipment cooler. The Field Crew Leader will attach the appropriate
pre-addressed airbill from the site kit marked for the appropriate lab. The field crew will
either drop off the cooler for shipment at a local FedEx location or arrange for a pick up at
the hotel or other appropriate facility. If the field crew has chosen a pick up, they must
follow up with the facility at which it has been left and/or track the package through FedEx
tracking tools to ensure its actual pick up. Once the package is in the possession of FedEx, the
IM Team and FLC will track the package to its destination and take steps necessary to ensure
its timely delivery. Prior to shipping, there are a few other guidelines to be aware of:
      Preservation
     Holding Time
       Shipping
 • See chart for specific
  preservation information
  for each sample
• Note the holding time
 window for each sample
• Ensure that samples will
 be shipped in time for the
 lab to be able to process
 them within the
 allowable holding time
 frame
• Samples may be shipped
 on wet ice, dry ice, or
 with no ice
• Secure the cooler with
 strapping tape
• See dry ice shipping
 protocols

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 132
     Ensure that the ice is fresh immediately prior to shipment;
     Line the cooler with  a large plastic liner bag. Double bag the ice with enough
     white or clear 1 gallon zippered plastic bags to pack the entire cooler.
     To prevent misidentification of any water leakage as a possible hazardous
     material spill, use an indelible marker to label all bags of ice as "ICE".
     Place bagged samples and bags of ice inside the cooler liner and seal the liner.
     Secure the cooler lid with strapping tape.
    1 Note: Not all FedEx locations will accept shipments containing dry ice. Dry ice
     shipments can be shipped from "FedEx staffed" locations. You can also arrange
     for a pick-up from your lab or hotel. Dry ice shipments usually cannot be shipped
     from FedEx Kinko's Office and Print Centers® or FedEx Authorized ShipCenter®
     locations. These types of locations are differentiated on FedEx.com in the  "Find
     FedEx Locations" feature. Please be sure to call in advance to ensure your location
     will accept the package for shipment.
    > Attach the provided FedEx airbill:
     • Ensure that the label indicates the amount of dry ice in the package.
    > Label the cooler with a Class 9 Dangerous Goods label
     • Place the label on the front side of the
      cooler, not the top.
     • If it is not already completed, fill out the
      upper corners of the label with the same shipper
       and recipient information  as on the  FedEx airbill.
     • Declare the weight (in kg) of the dry ice in the lower
      right hand corner of the label, ensuring it is the same
      weight listed on the airbill.
    > Secure the cooler lid with  strapping tape. Do not completely seal the entire edge
     of the cooler such that pressure inside the cooler could build.
    > Place the provided FedEx airbill on the top of the cooler or on a handle tag
     secured to one of the cooler's handles.
     Surround the jars with crumpled newpaper, vermiculite or other absorbent
     material

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                  Field Operations Manual
                                               Page 133
      Water Chemistry
            [CHEM]
•Ship within 24 hours
•Ship 250 mL amber HOPE bottle
•Confirm label completed & taped
•Seal with plastic electrical tape
•Place in cooler liner
•Ship on wet ice
   Chlorophyll-a[CHLA]
•Ship with CHEM/NUTS samples
•Ship foil wrapped centrifuge tube
•Confirm label completed & taped
•Seal with plastic electrical tape
•Place in cooler liner
•Ship on wet ice
    Dissolved Nutrients
            [NUTS]
•Ship within 24 hours
•Ship 250 mL HOPE bottle
•Confirm label completed & taped
•Seal with plastic electrical tape
•Place in cooler liner
•Ship on wet ice
    Sediment Grain Size
            [SEDG]
•Ship within 1 week
•Ship in plastic bag (quart size, double bagged)
•Confirm label completed & taped
•Place in lined cooler with other chilled batched samples
•Ship on wet ice
     Sediment Toxicity
            [SEDX]
•Ship within 1 week
•Ship in screw-top bucket (0.6 gal)
•Confirm label completed & taped
•Tighten the lid securely making sure the ratcheting
 mechanism engages
•Place in lined cooler with other batched samples.
•Ship on wet ice

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                   Field Operations Manual
                                                 Page 134
   Phytoplankton [PHYT]
            (GLonly)
 •Ship within 1 week
 •Ship in HOPE bottle (1 L, white, narrow mouth)
 •Confirm preserved with 10ml Lugol's solution
 •Confirm label completed & taped
 •Seal with plastic electrical tape
 •Place in cooler lined cooler with other chilled batched samples
 •Ship on wet ice
   Algal toxin [ALGX] and
     Microcystin [MICX]
 •Ship at least every 2 weeks
 •Freeze after collection
 •Ship in HOPE bottle (500 mL, white, wide-mouth)
 •Confirm labels completed & taped
 •Place in cooler lined with dry ice insert along with other
  frozen batched samples
 •Pack cooler with 20 Ibs of dry ice
     Enterococci [ENTE]
 •Ship at least every 2 weeks
 •Ship in frozen, microcentrifuge tubes
 •Confirm labels completed
 •Place each tube in small bubble bag with label on outside
 •Place bags in zip-top bag
 •Place in cooler lined with dry ice insert along with other
  frozen batched samples
 •Pack cooler with 20 Ibs of dry ice
   Sediment TOC [SEDC]
•Ship at least every 2 weeks
•Ship in frozen, glass jar (60 mL) (leave headspace)
•Confirm label completed & taped
•Seal with plastic electrical tape
•Place jar in foam sleeve
•Place in cooler lined with dry ice insert along with other
 frozen batched samples
•Pack cooler with 20 pounds of dry ice. Pack with fill material
 such as newspaper if necessary to ensure no shifting
           Sediment
       Organics/Metals
             [SEDO]
 •Ship at least every 2 weeks
 •Ship in frozen, glass jar (120 mL) (leave headspace)
 •Confirm label completed & taped
 •Seal with plastic electrical tape
 •Place jar in foam sleeve
 •Place in cooler lined with dry ice insert along with other
 frozen batched samples
 •Pack cooler with 20 pounds of dry ice. Pack with fill material
 such as newspaper if necessary to ensure no shifting

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
                                   Field Operations Manual
                                                 Page 135
   Ecological Whole  Fish
         Tissue  [FTIS]
 •Ship at least every 2 weeks
 •Freeze after collection, as soon as possible (-20 cooler)
 •Ship in bags
 •Confirm label completed & taped
 •Place in cooler lined with dry ice insert along with other
  frozen batched samples
 •Pack cooler with 20 Ibs of dry ice
      Fish Plugs [FPLG]
            Benthic
    Macroinvertebrates
            [BENT]
•Ship at least every 2 weeks
•Freeze after collection
•Ship in glass scintillation vial
•Confirm label completed & taped
•Place vial in small bubble bag
•Place bubble bag in zip-top bag
•Wrap packing material around bag to prevent breakage
•Place in cooler lined with dry ice insert along with other
 frozen  batched samples
•Pack cooler with 20 Ibs of dry ice

 •Ship every 2-3 weeks
 •Preserve benthos samples immediately upon collection
 •Ship in HOPE bottle (1 L, white, wide mouth)
 •Confirm label completed  & taped
 •Seal with plastic electrical tape
 •Surround the jars with crumpled  newpaper, vermiculite or
  other absorbent material
 •Place in cooler liner
 •Ship with NO ice
   Human Health Whole
      Fish Tissue  [HTIS]
    (select sites GLonly)
 •Ship at least every 2 weeks
 •Freeze after collection, as soon as possible (-20 cooler)
 •Ship in bags
 •Confirm label completed & taped
 •Pack cooler with 50 Ibs of dry ice
     Underwater Video
       [UVID]  (GLonly)
 •Ship at end of season
 •Transfer files from DVR system to EPA-provided flash drive
 •Back up files to computer hard drive
 •Be sure files are named appropriately
 •Package EPA-provided flash drive(s) in padded envelope
  securely

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
Page 136

/^ ^\
[Tl]
"WRS" Samples
1 - HOPE bottle (250
mL, amber)
CHEM
1 - Filter in centrifuge
tube (50 mL), in zip-
top bag
CHLA
1 - HOPE bottle (250
mL, white)
NUTS





/" ^\ S^
[T2]
Chilled Samples
(Batched)
1 - Plastic bag (quart
size, double
bagged)
SEDG
1 - Screw-top bucket
(0.6 gal)
SEDX
1 - HOPE (1L, white
narrow mouth)
PHYT





^^ f^ ^^i f^


^^
[T3] 1
Frozen Samples (Batched)
1 - HOPE bottle (500 mL, white, 1 - Glass scintillation
wide-mouth) vial with 2 plugs
MICX FPLG
1 - HOPE bottle (500 mL, white, 1 - Glass jar (60 mL)
wide-mouth) SEDC
ALGX i _ Glass jar (120 mL)
2 - Filters in centrifuge tubes in SEDO
bag (plus 1 blank if revisit site}
ENTE
V
r

^S
~
[T5] Eco Fish Samples (Batched)
5-20+ fish in large plastic composite bag FTIS
May be shipped with other frozen samples (T3) if
desired, or can be shipped separately
i
\ i
^
r "N
[T4]
Non-Chitted
Samples
(Batched)
1 or more -
HOPE
bottle
(1 L, white,
wide-
mouth)
BENT







V J
















r ^\
[T6]
Completed
Data Packs
(Batched)
All data forms
from a site,
reviewed for
completeness,
legibility and
accuracy
PACK






















r ^\
[T7]
Frozen HH
Whole Fish
Samples
(Batched)
5 - Fish in large
plastic
composite
bags
HTIS








V J \^ J
r "x
[T8]
UW VIDEO
(Batched)
1 - File
UVID










V J
._4_ __4_ __4_ ._4_
Pack 1 day's worth Pack 2-3 sites' Pack 2-4 sites' worth of samples Pack up to 12 Make copies or Pack frozen Put onto SD
of samples (up to 2 worth of samples in (depending on whether Eco Fish are sites ' worth of soa"s as bac^uP- fish in cooler card- backuP to
sites) in lined cooler lined cooler with ice included and size of Eco Fish sample) in samples in lined form number. with 50 °pi^ein
with ice in baes in bags cooler with dry ice insert and dry ice cooler with Place in pounds of vadded

j^^^f
|b^ ICE
1 -^^^fc^^^"
ICE^ ^^"""^
I 1
r r
SHIP WITHIN 2 4
HOURS
(MON-FRI)

FedEx*
Express
PRIORITY
OVERNIGHT
SHIP WEEKLY
(MON-FRI)


FedEx®
Express
PRIORITY
OVERNIGHT ,
j\/O ICE envelope with dry ice envelope with
	 	 trackingform offy tracking form
DRY
^® %3 pf3- ^
L T i
SHIP WITHIN 2 WEEKS |
(MON-FRI)


Fe


rV^t^V®
Express
PRIORITY OVERNIGHT

J
SHIP EVERY
2-3 WEEKS
ANYTIME

E ^
rectx
Ground
GROUND
^ ^
f ~
SHIP
EVERY 2
WEEKS

Express









r ~
SHIP MO N
- THURS
(No
Saturday
Delivery)
fedEx
Express
PRIORITY
OVERNIGHT
r ~
SHIP AT
END OF
SEASON

FecEx
Express

L. ^

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 137
SAMPLE SAMPLE CONTAINER PRESERVATIVE PACKAGING HOLDING TIME
TARGET FOR
VOLUME SHIPMENT
WRS

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
               Page 138
SAMPLE SAMPLE CONTAINER PRESERVATIVE PACKAGING HOLDING TIME
TARGET FOR
VOLUME SHIPMENT
DATA
FORMS
(T6)
HH
WHOLE
FISH*
(TV)
UW VIDEO
(T8)
Data Packets
(PACK)
Human Health
Whole Fish Tissue
Sample
(HTIS)* - Great
Lakes only
Underwater Video
(UVID) - Great
Lakes only
1 completed field
form packet
5 whole fish (500 g
of fillet weight)
1 minute video
Organize in proper
order
Put in envelope
from site kit
Wrapped
individually in
solvent rinsed foil
Sealed in poly
tubing
Large outer plastic
bag
Download from
DVR to USB flash
drive via computer,
send flash drive
N/A
Dry ice in field; Hold
in freezer
N/A
Ship in envelope
Ship in cooler
provided with
50 pounds of
DRY ICE
Ship in padded
envelope
Batch, ship monthly
to NARS IM
Batch, ship weekly
(except on Fridays,
Saturdays, or the day
before Federal
holidays) to HTIS
lab
Batch, ship at end of
season to EPA
Duluth lab
' Human Health Fish Tissue is collected at select Great Lakes sites only

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
           Page 139
APPENDIX D: FIELD EVALUATION AND ASSISTANCE VISIT
CHECKLIST
Evaluation Date(s):
NCCA2015SITEID:
Location:

Evaluation Team Member(s):
Name


Organization


Phone


Field Crew ID:
Name




Organization




Phone




Other Observers Present During Evaluation:
Name


Organization


Phone


Please send completed form to Colleen Mason:
  o    Email scanned document (pdf): mason.colleen@epa.gov (preferred)
  o    OR fax: 202-343.9641 (If faxing please leave a message at 202-566-0417 so Colleen
      knows to check the fax machine)
  o    OR mail hardcopy (and keep a copy) to:
                 Colleen Mason
                 EPA
                 1200 Pennsylvania Ave.,  NW (4503T)
                 Washington, DC 20460

If major corrective actions are required, please email Colleen Mason and Hugh Sullivan
(Sullivan.hugh@epa.gov) and provide:
  o    brief summary of the areas of concern
  o    best dates/times for a teleconference to discuss the concerns and resolution.

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 140
PREDEPARTURE ACTIVITIES
Equipment and Supply Preparation
Did the crew request a site kit at least two weeks prior to sampling? Was
the site kit available for the site?
Great Lakes Only: Did field crews request a Great Lakes human health
fish tissue supply kit for appropriate sites (if applicable) or know that
they must do so?
Was the supply kit available for the site?
Did the crew have phytoplankton bottle(s) available for sampling?
Refer to Appendix A of the Field Operations Manual. Does the crew have
all of the required equipment and supplies?
Did the crew have back-up site kit(s) available during the sampling?
Did the crew obtain sufficient wet and dry ice for sample preservation
and storage? Record the amount of ice in Ibs: Dry: Wet:
Are the meters, probes, and sampling gear packed in such a way as to
minimize physical shock and vibration during transport?
Are copies of the Field Operations Manual, the Quick Reference Guide,
equipment manuals, etc. available?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Preservatives and other Solutions
Are the recipes for stock preservatives readily available for crew
reference?
Were stock preservatives prepared?
Did the crew pack stock solutions as described in FOM Table 4.1? (Bleach,
100% stained buffered formalin, etc.)?
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
Site Information and Access
Did the crew verify that it had completed the site evaluation spreadsheet
for sites dropped based on desktop recon?
Did the crew verify that replacement sites were chosen from the same
stratum/base year combination
Was the Verification Form completed for sites visited with the intent to
sample but not sampled?
Were individual site packets, including directions to the site, available
and organized?
Was the site access information/permission letter available?
Was the landowner contacted prior to site visit, if applicable?
Were other key contact persons notified (e.g., Regional Coordinator,
State or Tribal contacts)? Identify who was notified:
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 141
Vehicle/Boat
Did the crew perform necessary checks to the vehicle before leaving for
the day?
Were the trailer and hitch inspected prior to departing to the site to
ensure that the trailer was securely fastened?
Was the boat(s) in good working order and inspected before departure?
Were PFDs available for all passengers?
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Global Positioning System Receiver
Were the batteries checked? Are spare batteries available (if applicable)?
Did the crew verify that any additional tests/checks recommended by the
operating manual were performed?
Y
Y
N
N
N/A
N/A
Multi-Probe
Were the sensors stored properly to prevent damage and desiccation?
Was the multi-probe meter inspected according to the
manufacturer's specifications?
Did the crew confirm that the accuracy of the temperature sensor was
checked against a thermometer that is traceable to the National Institute
of Standards at least once per sampling season? Record the date of the
last test:
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
Photosynthetically Active Radiation (PAR) meter
Were the batteries checked?
Was the PAR meter assembled as described in the FOM (check sensor
connections and positions)
Were the correct calibration factors entered for each probe? (These
factors are supplied by the manufacturer and are specific to each
individual probe.)
If the probe is not new, has it been returned to the manufacturer and
calibrated within the last two years? (simply ask the crew, we do not
need written proof). Date calibrated:
Was a weight attached to the underwater probe frame so it hung
vertically?
Was the sounding line to be used with the PAR marked at least every 0.5
meters? (These marks should indicate the distance to the underwater
sensor)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Containers/Labels
Were labels affixed to containers and covered with clear tape when
required (pre-labeling is recommended)?
Were labels completed where feasible and appropriate (before or after
collection) using a permanent marker (pencil for benthos inside jar label)
and covered with clear tape?
Y
Y
N
N
N/A
N/A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
             Page 142
                           PREDEPARTURE ACTIVITIES NOTES
BASE AND LAUNCH SITE ACTIVITIES
Instrument Calibration
Was the DO calibration done at the launch site or other on-site location
(in accordance with section 6.3.1)?
Were the calibration values recorded on the data sheet?
Was the pH and salinity/conductivity calibration conducted and the
values recorded on the data sheet?
Were manufacturer recommended internal diagnostic checks of the meter
performed within the last week to ensure correct meter function (e.g.
cell constants, millivolt output, or other readings)?
Is the instrument not able to be calibrated in the field, but was factory
calibrated before field measurements were taken (i.e. Seabird)?
Date calibrated:
Instrument number/Serial number:
Does documentation match instrument identification/serial number (AV
evaluator may need to contact office or lab separately if documentation
not carried into field)?
If the internal meter checks were not done, was a commercially available
Quality Check Solution (QCS) used within the last week to verify values of
pH and conductivity?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Other Preparations
Were the Enterococci filter microcentrifuge tubes with beads placed on
dry ice before filtering commenced?
Was a cooler(s) prepared with wet ice for storing samples?
Y
Y
N
N
N/A
N/A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
             Page 143
                       BASE AND LAUNCH SITE ACTIVITIES NOTES
SITE VERIFICATION
Site Verification at the Launch Site
Are the location coordinates the same in the crew's paperwork and EPA's
spreadsheet of target sites?
Was a description of the final part of the route to the site recorded on the
site verification form?
Was the arrival time (and later the departure time) recorded on the site
verification form?
Were the names of the field crew recorded?
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Site Verification at the Index Site Location
Was the site classified correctly (e.g., target vs. nontarget vs.
inaccessible)?
Were the target coordinates (X-site) from the site list entered into the
crew's GPS unit?
Did the crew navigate to within O.OZnm or 37 meters from the X site?
If the initial sampling location was not sampleable, did the crew use the
steps outlined in the FOM to attempt locate a sampleable location within
the 37 meter radius (see Section 5.1 .3)?
Was the GPS checked after anchoring the boat to ensure the location was
within 37 meters?
Were the GPS coordinates of the initial sampling location (Y-Location)
recorded on the verification form?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
 National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
 Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
             Page 144
Was the GPS consulted periodically to ensure the sampling vessel had not
drifted further away from the X-site due to anchor drag?
           N
N/A
Was the habitat assessment information completed?
           N
N/A
Were photographs of the site taken if site has unique characteristics
(optional)?
           N
N/A
                                SITE VERIFICATION NOTES
Y-LOCATION SAMPLING
Did the crew collect the probe and water column data as close to the X-site as
possible, but no further than 37 m?
Y
N
N/A
Dissolved Oxygen, pH, Temperature, Salinity/Conductivity
Was the depth measured at the Y- location, and the intervals calculated before
probe was placed in the water?
Were all measurements allowed to stabilize before recording?
On the downcast, were the measurements at each depth interval conducted
and recorded according to the protocol (0.1m, 0.5m, every meter from 1.0 to
10.0 meters and every 5 meters thereafter)?
Were the recorded data entered on the Field Measurement Form or saved as an
electronic file in the instrument?
If the crew will be submitting the hydrographic profile via an electronic file,
was the "Submitted data via eFile" bubble filled in?
Was the last measurement taken at 0.5 meters from the bottom?
Did the probe touch the bottom?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 145
On the upcast, were the measurements at each depth interval conducted and
recorded according to the protocol on the Field Measurement Form (using the
exact same depths as above)?
Did the crew flag any measurements that could not be made or that required
further comment?
Was the probe stored correctly after the measurement?
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
Secchi Disk Transparency
Was the Secchi disk being used the black and white 20 cm patterned disk?
Was the calibrated sounding line visibly marked in at least 0.5 meter intervals?
Were Secchi depths recorded to the nearest 0.1 meter?
Was the measurement taken from the shady side of the boat?
Was the recorder wearing sunglasses or a hat? (should not have any on)
Was a viewscope used? (should not be used)
If the disk could be seen at the bottom, did the crew mark the "clear to
bottom" bubble and record the station depth as both the disappearance and
reappearance depth for Reading 1?
If any one of the three sets of measurements varied more than 0.5 meters from
the others, was the entire process repeated?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Photosynthetically Active Radiation (PAR) Meter
Verify that the correct calibration factors were entered for the probe, unit is
set up correctly, and underwater sensor is plugged in correctly.
Was the deck sensor placed on the boat on a non-shaded location?
Was the underwater sensor lowered on the sunny (or least shaded) side of the
boat to a depth of 10cm?
Was the underwater probe lowered by means of the rope attached to the probe
frame, not the cord?
Were both the ambient and underwater sensor readings taken at the same
instant?
Indicate how (e.g., data logger, two operators, camera):
Were both the deck and underwater sensor readings recorded at each of the
other depths calculated for the hydrographic profile?
If the underwater sensor hit the bottom, did the crew wait 2-3 minutes before
taking the reading?
If the light measurements became negative, was the profile terminated at that
depth?
Was the process repeated on the upcast?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 146
Fecal Indicator (Enterococci) Sample Collection
Was the enterococci sample collected at a time to most effectively meet the
needs of both protecting the sample from potential contamination and meeting
the 6 hour holding time (figures 3.1 and 3.2)?
Were new, clean gloves worn?
Was the sample collected by hand or pole? Circle one:
Was the 250 ml sample bottle lowered un-capped and inverted to a depth of
0.5 meters below the water surface, avoiding surface scum, vegetation, and
substrates?
Was the mouth of the container pointed away from the body or boat?
Was the bottle righted and raised through the water column, allowing the
bottle to fill completely?
If a pole was used (larger vessel) was the pole cleaned and rinsed prior to
sampling?
If a pole was used, was the bottle attached in such a way to avoid
contamination?
If a pole was used, was the bottle plunged quickly to a depth of 0.5 meters and
allowed to fill?
After removing the container from the water, was a small portion of the
sample discarded to allow for proper mixing before analysis?
Was the sodium thiosulfate tablet added along with the cap, and the bottle
shaken 25 times?
Did the crew check that the tablet was dissolved?
Was the sample stored in a cooler on ice to chill (not freeze)?
Was the collection time and depth collected recorded correctly on the field
form?
Was the sample chilled for at least 15 minutes before filtering?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Water Sample Collection and Preservation
Were clean gloves worn?
Did the crew avoid applying sunscreen or other chemicals until after the
sample was collected (or implement measures to reduce contamination by such
chemicals if applied such as washing, wearing long gloves, etc.)?
Was the pumped system or water sampling bottle rinsed three times?
Was water collected from 0.5 meters below the surface?
Were bottles rinsed three times with ambient water before collecting final
sample?
Was a 2 L HOPE bottle (brown) filled with sample water and placed in a cooler
on wet ice? (chlorophyll a)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
 National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
 Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 147
                     Fecal Indicator (Enterococci) Sample Collection
Was the 250 ml brown bottle filled with sample water, the correct label
affixed, label information correctly filled out and the label taped over with
clear tape? (water chemistry)
            N
N/A
Were two 500 ml HOPE bottles filled with sample water, the correct labels
affixed, label information correctly filled out and the labels taped over with
clear tape? (microcystins and algal toxins)
            N
N/A
Did the microcystins and algal toxins bottles have at least an inch of headspace
to allow for expansion during freezing?
            N
N/A
Were the samples placed on wet ice in a dark cooler?
            N
N/A
Were comments about anything that could influence the sample chemistry
(heavy rain, etc.) included in the comments section of the sample collection
form?
            N
N/A
GREAT LAKES ONLY: Was a 1L narrow mouth, white HOPE bottle filled with
sample water for phytoplankton?
            N
N/A
GREAT LAKES ONLY: Were approximately 10 ml of Lugol's added to the 1L
bottle for phytoplankton preservation within 2 hours of collection?
            N
N/A
                             Y-LOCATION SAMPLING NOTES
UNDERWATER VIDEO FOR GREAT LAKES ONLY
Was the camera deployed during the same time period as the in situ
measurements and water collection activities occurred?
Was the camera deployed at the Y-Location?
Was the GPS unit powered up and displaying 'ready to navigate' prior to
starting?
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 148

Were the 12v batteries attached to the GPS overlay and DVR?
Was the GPS overlay turned on?
Was the camera deployed on the windward side of the boat?
Were two crew members used in the operation (one to lower the camera and
one to operate the DVR and instruct the first person on descent speed and
depth)?
Was at least one minute of good footage captured that provides a clear view of
the bottom and a 360 degree sweep of the bottom?
If the bottom was a 'low light' situation, were the camera lights activated?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Archiving Underwater Video FOR GREAT LAKES ONLY
Was the underwater video clip properly archived/saved and file name recorded
on the Sample Collection form (Section 11.2.4)?
Was the video reviewed for quality?
If the video was of poor quality or unviewable, was another video taken?
Was the system properly shut down (DVR, GPS overlay, camera, and GPS)?
Was the battery recharged (or will it be before the next day's use)?
Were the files downloaded to the EPA-provided USB flash drive following the
process in the field operations manual (Section 11.2.5)?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
UNDERWATER VIDEO NOTES


-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 149
Sediment sampling
Relocating for Sediment Collections (if Required)
If no successful sediment grabs could be collected first at the Y-Location and
then at other locations within 37 m of the X-site, did the field crew properly
make attempts within 100 meters as described in the field operations manual?
If no successful sediment grabs were made in either the primary or secondary
sediment sampling locations, did the field crew properly move to and make
attempts within 500 meters of the X-site as described in the field operations
manual?
Did the crew correctly identify the distance at which the sample was collected
on the field form?
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
Sediment Collections
Does the sampler have a hinged or otherwise removable top?
Was the dimension and sample area of the grab recorded on the field form?
Was the sampler washed with Alconox prior to sampling and then rinsed with
ambient water?
Was the sieve thoroughly cleaned between sites to ensure no cross-
contamination of samples?
Was the grab sampler lowered so that the last 5 meters is no faster than about
1 m/sec?
Was the cable allowed to go slack once the substrate is reached?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Benthic Macroinvertebrate Collection
Was the top of the sampler opened to determine whether the grab was
successful?
Was the sediment depth in the middle of the sampler recorded (should be
>7cm)
If grabs of 7 centimeters could not be obtained after several tries, was the
next successful grab used regardless of depth and was this flagged on the field
form?
Were notes on the condition of the sample recorded?
Was the overlying water carefully drained into the container that will receive
the sediment? Describe how this was done in the comments section.
If the grab sampler is less than 0.03 nV, were two grabs for benthics taken and
composited into the sieve?
Was the sediment dumped into a basin and then into a 0.5 mm mesh?
Was the sieve placed in a sieve box or other appropriate medium and the tray
agitated to wash away sediments?
Was care taken to avoid loss of sample over the side of the sieve?
Were large non-living items inspected for organisms and then removed?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 150
Was the bulk of the sample gently scooped up and placed in a 1 -L Nalgene
bottle?
Was the outside of the sample jar rinsed into the sieve, then the contents
rinsed into the sample jar using a funnel?
Was the sieve inspected to make sure all organisms are transferred to a
container?
Were all sample jars filled no more than Vi full with sample?
If more than one jar is needed are they appropriately labeled (e.g., 2 of 2)?
Is all information correctly recorded on sample labels and field form?
Was a sample label, completed in pencil, placed inside the sample jar?
Are all containers preserved with a minimum of 100 ml of stained buffered
formalin solution and an additional teaspoon of borax added? (End
concentration of the preservative should be at least 6 percent)
Was each jar filled to the rim with seawater/lakewater to eliminate any air
space?
Was the lid sealed with electrical tape?
Are sample labels covered with clear tape?
Were each of the jars gently rotated and then placed in the dark?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Sediment Composition, Chemistry and Toxicity
Was the top of the sampler opened to determine whether the grab was
successful (does not have to be greater than 7 cm for these indicators)?
Was any overlying water drained off and large, non-living surface items
removed? Describe how this was done in the comments section.
Was any SAV removed after recording its presence on the field form?
Was the boat engine turned off or was the boat maneuvered to keep the engine
downwind?
Was a stainless steel or Teflon spoon washed with Alconox, rinsed with ambient
water, and used to collect sediment?
Was only the top two cm of sediment removed and used for sample?
Were any sediment used that was in direct contact with the sides of the
sampler? (Should not be used)
Was sediment placed in a stainless steel pot or bowl, and the pot placed on
wet ice? Was the container covered and in the cooler or on ice between grabs?
Was the process repeated until approximately 3 L of sediment (2 L in Great
Lakes) was collected? Identify the approximate number of grabs and total
amount of time required:
Number of Grabs: Time required:
Was the sediment stirred to sufficiently homogenize ALL sediment with the
spoon for approximately 10 minutes?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 151
Using the stainless steel spoon, was the 0.6 gallon bucket filled with sediment?
For marine sites preferred maximum volume = 1800 ml; min volume needed is
900 ml. For GL sites, preferred volume is 900 ml, minimum volume is 400 ml.
(Sediment toxicity)
Was the lid tightened to ensure a tight seal?
Was the bucket labeled, placed on wet ice and the sample id recorded on the
field form?
Using the stainless steel spoon, was 100 ml of sediment placed in the 120 ml
glass jar?
Was appropriate care taken to make sure the inside of the jar, cap, and
the sample was not contaminated?
Were the cap threads wiped off before the cap was screwed on the
bottle?
And was the bottle sealed with electrical tape applied in the clockwise
direction? (Sediment organics and metals)?
Was the 120 ml glass jar labeled, and placed on dry ice? Was the sample id
recorded on the field form?
Using the stainless steel spoon, was 50 ml of sediment placed in the 60 ml
glass jar?
Were the cap threads wiped off before the cap was screwed on the
bottle?
And was the bottle sealed with electrical tape applied in the clockwise
direction? (Sediment TOC)
Was the 60 ml jar labeled and placed on dry ice? Was the sample id recorded
on the field form?
Using the stainless steel spoon, was 100 ml of sediment placed in a labeled
zip-top bag, sealed and then double bagged in a second zip-top bag?
(Sediment grain size)
Was the bag labeled and placed on wet ice? Was the sample ID recorded on
the field form?
If insufficient sediment was collected for all sediment analyses, were the
sediments used in the priority order identified in the field operations manual
(section 5.3): 1) Organics/metals; 2) Toxicity; 3) TOC; 4) Grain size?
If insufficient sediment was collected for all sediment analyses, was this
flagged on the field forms and the pertinent 'no sample collected' bubbles
filled in?

Y


Y
V

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y


Y

Y


Y


Y


N


N
N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N


N

N


N


N


N/A


N/A
N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A


N/A

N/A


N/A


N/A


-------
 National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
 Version 1.0 May 2015                                                            Page 152


                              SEDIMENT SAMPLING NOTES

Describe the tools used for transferring sample into sample containers and how the crew
ensured the tools were not contaminated from prior sampling sites.
Other comments:

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 153
FISH TISSUE COLLECTION (Performed at Visit 1 only at Revisit sites)
Was a reasonable method for fish collection used and the method recorded on
the field form along with required gear specifics?
Were fish tissue collections attempted from within 500 meters of the X-site?
If no fish were collected within 500 meters of the X-site, did the crew attempt
fish collections from areas between 500 and 1000 meters from the X-site?
For human health fish tissue collections ONLY, if no suitable fish were
collected within 1000 meters of the X-site, did the crew attempt to collect the
HTIS sample between 1000 and 1500 meters from the X-site?
For each gear type used, were the pertinent GPS readings recorded?
Were clean nitrile gloves worn for handling fish?
Were crew members handling fish careful to avoid handling food, drink,
sunscreen and insect repellant prior to collecting fish?
Were potential target species/individuals rinsed in ambient water and placed
in live well?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Eco Fish Tissue Collection
If no species on either the primary or secondary lists were available, did the
crew select an appropriate alternate species?
Was a target species with at least 5 fish of adequate size to provide a total
weight of 300 grams identified?
Did the field crew judge that all of the identified fish were of the same
species?
Were all of the fish in the sample at least 75% of the total length of the largest
fish? Provide length of longest fish, L*0.75, and length of smallest fish in
comments: Longest fish: Smallest fish:
Did the field crew report that all fish were collected at the same time (or no
more than one week apart?)
If fewer than 5 fish were collected, do they still meet the total weight and
other criteria?
If fewer than 5 fish were collected, did the crew spend at least 3 hours
attempting to collect fish?
Were the fish identified to species and the scientific name recorded on the Eco
Fish Collection Form?
Were total lengths measured in mm from the anterior most of the fish to the
top of the longest caudal fin ray (when the lobes of the caudal fin are
depressed dorsoventrally)?
Was the sample number, species retained, specimen lengths, location
collected, and sampling date/time recorded on the fish collection form?
Did the crew make sure that the sample ID recorded on the collection form
matches those on the sample labels?
If necessary, was each fish to be used as part of the sample dispatched with a
clean wooden bat (or equivalent wooden device)?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 154
Were all fish from the composite sample placed in a single 2-gallon self-sealing
bag? (or if they will not all fit in bag, in more than one)?
If spines that might puncture the bag exist, were they clipped/broken? Were
clipped spines placed inside the sample bag?
Did the crew prepare interior and exterior Sample Labels for the 2-gallon
bag(s) making sure that the label information matches the information on the
Fish Collection Form?
Was the interior label placed inside of a small (sandwich sized) self-sealing bag
and then placed inside the 2-gallon bag?
Was the exterior label affixed to the 2-gallon bag and covered with clear
plastic tape?
If needed, were labels with the same sample ID and information included with
additional bags?
Were all 2-gallon bags double-bagged together as one composite in a large
plastic bag?
Was the composite bag weighed to verify the minimum weight of 300 grams of
fish tissue was achieved?
Was a sample identification label prepared (making sure to include fish species
and max/min lengths and that the label information matches the Fish
Collection Form), affixed to a Tyvek tag, and covered with clear plastic tape?
Was a cable tie threaded through the grommet in the Tyvek tag and the outer
bag sealed with a cable tie?
Was the sample placed on dry ice or in a freezer immediately?
Or were they placed on wet ice for temporary holding and will be
frozen within 24 hours? (If "N" is circled, explain in comments)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Fish Plug Collection
Were clean nitrile gloves worn?
If two individual fish were used, were they the same species?
If possible, were specimens selected from the Eco Fish collection?
Were plugs taken from specimens listed on the primary targeted fish list (or
secondary list of no primary species were available)?
If no species on either the primary or secondary lists were available, did the
crew select an alternate species using the following criteria: 1) those that are
consumed by humans; 2) predatory fish: and 3) other?
Was the smallest individual fish no smaller than 75% of the larger fish?
Was each specimen's total length and weight measured?
Were specimens rinsed in ambient water prior to plug removal?
Were two plugs taken, (typically one plug per/fish for a 2-fish composite)?
Was target weight of 0.5-0.7 grams collected from at least two plugs (i.e. the
equivalent of two full-depth plugs)?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
 National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
 Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
             Page 155
If the specimens were not part of the Eco Fish collection, was antibiotic spray
applied to the plug sites and the fish released?
            N
N/A
                             FISH TISSUE COLLECTION NOTES
Human Health Fish Tissue Collection (Great Lakes Only)
If no species on either the primary or secondary target lists were available, did
the crew select an appropriate alternate species?
Was a target species with at least 5 fish of adequate size to provide a total of
500 grams of fillet tissue identified (fewer large fish are acceptable)?
Did the field crew judge that all of the identified fish were of the same
species?
Were all fish in the sample at least 75% of the total length of the largest fish?
Did the field crew report that all fish collected at the same time (or no more
than one week apart?)
If fewer than 5 fish were collected, do they still meet the total weight and
other criteria?
Were the fish identified to species and this information recorded on the Human
Health Fish Collection Form?
Were total lengths measured in mm from the anterior most of the fish to the
top of the longest caudal fin ray (when the lobes of the caudal fin are
depressed dorsoventrally)?
Was the sample number, species retained, specimen lengths, location
collected, and sampling date/time recorded on the Human Health Fish
Collection Form?
Did the crew make sure that the sample ID recorded on the collection form
matches those on the sample labels?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
 National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
 Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
             Page 156
Was each fish to be used as part of the sample dispatched with a clean wooden
bat (or equivalent wooden device)?
            N
N/A
Was each fish left intact and no fish plugs removed from any of the specimens?
            N
N/A
Was each fish wrapped in extra heavy-duty aluminum foil (with dull side in)
(foil provided in fish tissue kit as solvent-rinsed, oven baked sheets)
Did the crew prepare a Sample Identification Label for each fish including
species and length?
Did the crew place each  foil-wrapped fish individually in food grade tubing,
seal each end with a plastic cable tie, and attach an appropriate Sample Label
using clear tape and wrapping the tape completely around the wrapped fish so
the tape wraps around itself?
Did the crew double-bag the entire set of specimens in the composite inside a
large plastic bag?
Was an outer bag sample label prepared (making sure to include fish species
and individual lengths and that the  label information matches the Human
Health Fish Collection Form), affixed to a Tyvek tag, and covered with clear
plastic tape?
Was a cable tie threaded through the grommet in the Tyvek tag and the outer
bag sealed with a cable tie?
Was the sample placed on dry ice or in a freezer immediately?                  Y   N   N/A
      Will the samples either be shipped on at least 50  pounds of dry ice or
      placed in  a freezer within 24 hours?                                    Y   N   N/A
      Are the fish layered with the dry ice, starting and ending with dry ice?
      (If  "N" is circled,  explain in comments)                                 Y   N   N/A
                     HUMAN HEALTH FISH TISSUE COLLECTION NOTES
            N
            N
            N
            N
            N
            N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 157
ENTEROCOCCI FILTERING
Processing the Fecal Indicator Filter Blank
Is the site a Revisit site? If yes, filter blanks should be prepared and the
following questions should be answered. If no, skip to next section.
Was the filter blank prepared before the filtration of the Enterococci sample?
Were the microcentrifuge tubes with beads chilled on dry ice?
(enough for both the blanks and the samples?)
Were clean gloves worn?
Was the sterile phosphate buffer chilled on wet ice?
Was a new sterile 100 ml filter funnel with pre-loaded filter used??
Was the filter funnel attached to the side arm filter flask using the correct
rubber stopper (white) and adapter? (or crew supplied manifold system was
assembled appropriately) See figure 14.2.
Was 20 ml of the sterile phosphate buffer measured in the sterile 50 ml
graduated centrifuge tube and poured into the filter funnel?
Was a hand or electric vacuum pump attached to the filtering apparatus
Circle which was used.
Was care taken to ensure the vacuum pressure did not exceed 7 inches of
mercury -3.4 psig?
Was it pumped until all liquid was in the filtrate collection flask/ reservoir?
Was the top of the filter funnel removed from the base without disturbing
filter?
Were sterile disposable forceps used to remove the filter (touching only the
filter edges)?
Was the filter folded it in half, in quarters, eighths, and then in sixteenths
(filter is folded 4 times)?
Was the filter inserted into chilled filter extraction tube (with beads) point
side up?
Was the screw cap replaced and tightened?
Was the volume of buffer filtered through the filter recorded on the filter
blank sample label?
Was the label attached to the microcentrifuge tube and not on cap?
Was any tape applied to the cap or elsewhere on the microcentrifuge tube
(SHOULD NOT BE)?
Was the tube(s) inserted into bubble wrap bag on dry ice for preservation
during transport and shipping?
Did the crew mark the "Blank Collected" bubble on the Sample Collection Form?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Processing the Fecal Indicator Sample
Were nitrile gloves worn?
Y
N
N/A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 158
Were the microcentrifuge tubes with beads chilled on dry ice?
Was the Enterococci sample chilled for at least 15 minutes before filtering?
Was the sterile phosphate buffer chilled on wet ice?
Was a new sterile 100 ml filter funnel with pre-loaded filter used?
Was the filter funnel attached to the side arm filter flask using the correct
rubber stopper (white) and adapter? (or crew supplied manifold system was
assembled appropriately) See figure 14.2.
Was the sample bottle shaken 25 times to mix well?
Was the 25 ml of the mixed water sample measured in the sterile graduated 50
ml centrifuge tube and poured into the filter funnel?
Was a hand or electric vacuum pump attached to the filtering apparatus
Circle which was used.
Was care taken to ensure the vacuum pressure did not exceed 7 inches of
mercury -3.4 psig?
Was it pumped until all liquid was in the filtrate collection flask?
If the first 25 ml volume passed readily through the filter, was another 25 ml
measured and added and the filtration continued?
If the filter clogged before completely filtering the first or second 25 ml
volume, was the filter discarded and the filtration repeated using a lesser
volume and a new sterile filter funnel?
Was approx. 10 ml of the chilled sterile phosphate buffer poured into the
graduated 50 ml centrifuge tube used for the sample?
Was the tube capped and shaken 5 times?
Was the cap removed and the rinsate poured into the filter funnel to rinse
filter?
Was the rinsate filtered and repeated with another 10 ml of sterile buffer?
Was the top of the filter funnel removed from the base without disturbing
filter?
Were sterile disposable forceps used to remove the filter (touching only the
filter edges)?
Was the filter folded it in half, in quarters, eighths, and then in sixteenths
(filter is folded 4 times)?
Was the filter inserted into chilled filter extraction tube (with beads) point
side up?
Was the screw cap replaced and tightened?
Was the volume of water sample filtered through the filter recorded on the
sample label?
Was the label attached to the microcentrifuge tube?
Was any tape applied to the cap or elsewhere on the microcentrifuge tube
(SHOULD NOT BE)?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
 National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
 Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 159
Was the tube inserted into bubble wrap bag on dry ice for preservation during
transport and shipping?
            N
N/A
Was the volume of the buffer rinse used for the filter recorded on the sample
collection form?
            N
N/A
Was the filtration start time and finish time as well as the time frozen
recorded for on the sample collection form?
            N
N/A
Were the steps repeated for the other 50 ml sub-sample volume to be filtered?
NOTE: A new sterile filter funnel with pre-loaded filter is used for each filter.
            N
N/A
Was aseptic technique used to store the forceps between filter runs?
            N
N/A
Were the volumes the same for each of the 2 filters?
            N
N/A
                             ENTEROCOCCI FILTERING NOTES
CHLOROPHYLL-^ AND DISSOLVED NUTRIENTS SAMPLE
Filtered Nutrients collection device
Did the crew use a nutrients chamber that allows collection of the dissolved
nutrients sample directly into the sample bottle?
// no, continue to steps below, if yes, skip to next section.
Did the crew use a filtering flask that was labeled for CHLA/NUTS only and is
DIFFERENT than the flask used for Enterococci?
Was the flask thoroughly cleaned and rinsed with Dl water prior to use for
collecting nutrients sample (i.e. between sites)?
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N

N/A
N/A
Processing the CHLA/NUTS Sample
Did the crew use a new sterile blue-bottom filter funnel (as opposed to reusing
a filter funnel that was previously used at a different site)? MUST USE NEW
Y
N


-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 160
Were Nitrile gloves worn?
Was the filter funnel attached to the chamber or side arm filter flask using the
correct rubber stopper (blue) and adapter? See figure 14.3.
Was the originally loaded filter (patterned) removed from the base, but the
filter pad left in place?
Was a glass fiber filter placed in the filter funnel, pressed (gridded) side down
(i.e. rough side up)?
Was the filter handled with clean forceps?
Was 250 ml of site water measured with a clean graduated cylinder and
poured into the filter funnel, the cap replaced, and the sample pumped
through the filter?
Was a hand or electric vacuum pump attached to the filtering apparatus
Circle which was used.
Was care taken to ensure the vacuum pressure did not exceed 7 inches of
mercury (~ 3.4 psig) and that no single sample volume was filtered for longer
than 5 minutes?
// a filter flask was used to collect filtrate, was 10-20 ml of filtrate used to
rinse the filter flask and then discarded and was this process performed a total
of 3 times?
Was 10-20 ml of filtrate used to rinse the sample bottle and then discarded
and was this process performed a total of 3 times?
If 250 ml of water did not pass through the filter, was the filter changed, the
apparatus rinsed with Dl water, and the procedures (including rinses) repeated
using 100 ml of site water?
// a filter flask was used to collect filtrate, was 250 ml of filtrate poured into
a 250 ml HOPE bottle? (if no flask used, was 250 ml of filtered water
collected directly into the sample bottle)?
Was the dissolved nutrients label affixed to the bottle and then covered with
clear plastic tape?
Was the sample information recorded on the sample collection form and the
sample placed on wet ice?
Was the filter observed for visible color?
If there was no visible color, did the process proceed until color was visible on
the filter or until a maximum of 2,000 ml was filtered?
NOTE, if the crew is using a filter chamber, they should switch to a flask or
manifold setup once the nutrients sample is collected.
Was the level of water monitored in the lower chamber to ensure that it did
not contact the filter or flow into the pump?
After readily visible color was seen on the filter, was the actual sample volume
filtered recorded on the Sample Collection Form and on the CHLA sample
label?
Was the graduated cylinder and the upper portion of the filter funnel rinsed
thoroughly with Dl water to include any remaining cells adhering to the sides
and pumped through the filter?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 161

Was the filter removed from the holder with clean forceps?
Was the filter folded in half, with the colored side folded inward?
Was the folded filter placed into a 50 ml centrifuge tube and capped?
Was the cap sealed tightly by turning an additional 14 turn past the point at
which initial resistance is met and then taped with electrical tape?
Was the sample volume filtered recorded on a chlorophyll label and attached
to the centrifuge tube?
Was the label covered with a strip of clear tape?
Does the "total volume of water filtered" on the Sample Collection Form
match the total volume recorded on the sample label?
Was the 50-mL centrifuge tube wrapped in aluminum foil and placed in a self-
sealing plastic bag?
Was this bag placed on dry ice?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CHLOROPHYLL-^ AND DISSOLVED NUTRIENTS SAMPLE NOTES

FINAL SITE ACTIVITIES
General site Assessment
Were any of the shoreline activities and disturbances recorded that were
observed on the shoreline adjacent to the sampling site visible from the X-site?
For shoreline activities and disturbances that the crew observed, was the
rating of the abundance or influence marked as low (L), moderate (M), or
heavy (H) on the line next to the listed disturbance?
If shoreline activities were not noted, did the crew leave the bubbles blank?
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
              Page 162
Were observations regarding the general characteristics of the site recorded on
the Site Assessment Form (in a 200 m circle around the X-site) using the scale
of 1 -5?
Did all field crew members contribute to the evaluation?
Were other items such as signs of pipe outflows, extreme weather, etc.
recorded?
Was the comments section used on the Site Assessment Form to note any other
pertinent information about the site?
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Data Forms and Sample Inspection
After the Site Assessment Form was completed, did the Field Crew Leader
review all of the data forms and sample labels for accuracy, completeness, and
legibility?
Did the other crew member(s) inspect all sample containers and packages in
preparation for transport, storage, or shipment?
Did the crew ensure that all required data forms for the site were completed?
Did the crew confirm that the SITE-ID and date of visit are correct on all forms?
On each form, did the crew verify that all information was recorded
accurately, the recorded information was legible, and any flags were explained
in the comments section?
Did the crew ensure that comments were clear and legible, with no "shorthand"
or abbreviations?
After reviewing each form (if using paper forms), was the upper right corner of
each page of the form initialed?
Did the crew ensure that all samples were labeled, all labels are completely
filled in, and each label was covered with clear plastic tape?
If any samples were not collected, was the pertinent "no sample collected"
bubble(s) filled in on the data form(s)
Were all sample containers checked to ensure that they were properly sealed?
Will the coolers be shipped with fresh bags of ice in cooler?
Verify that the coolers will be shipped by overnight courier ASAP after
collection (e.g. the same or next day). Identify shipping date: / 72015
If samples will be held after collection, will they be kept cold and in darkness?
Identify where they will be stored:
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Launch Site Cleanup
Were the boat, motor, and trailer inspected for evidence of weeds and other
macrophytes?
Were the boat, motor, and trailer cleaned as completely as possible before
leaving the launch site?
Were all nets/sieves etc. inspected for pieces of macrophyte or other
organisms and as much as possible was removed before packing for transport?
Were all equipment and supplies packed in the vehicle and trailer for transport
and kept organized as presented in the equipment checklists?
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

-------
 National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
 Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 163
Was all waste material at the launch site cleaned up and disposed of or
transported out of the site if a trash can is not available?
            N
N/A
Were equipment needs identified and those needs will be conveyed to the FLC
or Requested via the Request Form?
            N
N/A
                                    Miscellaneous
Do the crew members know the phone numbers for pertinent points of
communication (FLC, IMTeam, RMC, and/or HQ), is the number saved in cell
phone, or do they know the location of numbers in Field Ops Manual?
            N
N/A
Do the crew members have suggestions/problems concerning the sampling
Procedures, forms, lodging, logistics, etc.?
            N
N/A
                             FINAL SITE ACTIVITIES NOTES

-------
 National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
 Version 1.0 May 2015                                                              Page 164


                              FINAL EVALUATION ACTIVITIES

Areas of Strength
Areas of Concern

-------
 National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015
 Version 1.0 May 2015
Field Operations Manual
            Page 165
                            FINAL EVALUATION ACTIVITIES
Was the crew debriefed on the results of the evaluation by the evaluator?
            N
N/A
                      COMMENTS OF THE CREW BEING EVALUATED

-------
National Coastal Condition Assessment 2015                              Field Operations Manual
Version 1.0 May 2015                                                            Page 166
                                     SIGNATURES
Evaluator                         Date          Field Crew Leader                Date
Field QC Officer (if assigned by site) Date          Field Crew Member               Date
Field Crew Member                Date          Field Crew Member               Date
Field Crew Member                Date          Field Crew Member               Date
Field Crew Member                Date         Field Crew Member               Date

-------